summaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
path: root/perl-install/install/help/po
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'perl-install/install/help/po')
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/.gitignore1
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/DrakX-help.pot6
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/af.po11
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/am.po6
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/ar.po13
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/az.po12
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/be.po6
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/bg.po13
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/bn.po12
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/br.po6
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/bs.po12
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/ca.po508
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/cs.po12
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/cy.po14
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/da.po12
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/de.po13
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/el.po6
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/eo.po13
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/es.po12
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/et.po12
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/eu.po291
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/fa.po12
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/fi.po12
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/fr.po349
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/fur.po6
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/ga.po6
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/gl.po13
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/he.po6
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/hi.po6
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/hr.po12
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/hu.po6
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/id.po11
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/is.po12
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/it.po13
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/ja.po11
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/ko.po13
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/ky.po6
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/lt.po6
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/ltg.po6
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/lv.po6
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/mk.po15
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/mn.po6
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/ms.po6
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/mt.po11
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/nb.po12
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/nl.po20
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/nn.po11
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/pa_IN.po6
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/pl.po15
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/pt.po12
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/pt_BR.po12
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/ro.po6
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/ru.po275
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/sc.po6
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/sk.po13
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/sl.po53
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/sq.po13
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/sr.po13
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/sr@Latn.po13
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/sv.po11
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/ta.po12
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/tg.po14
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/th.po6
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/tl.po14
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/tr.po291
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/uk.po20
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/uz.po6
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/uz@cyrillic.po6
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/vi.po13
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/wa.po12
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/zh_CN.po11
-rw-r--r--perl-install/install/help/po/zh_TW.po12
72 files changed, 787 insertions, 1662 deletions
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/.gitignore b/perl-install/install/help/po/.gitignore
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cd1f2c943
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/.gitignore
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+*.mo
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/DrakX-help.pot b/perl-install/install/help/po/DrakX-help.pot
index 444879eea..03b4d2a57 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/DrakX-help.pot
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/DrakX-help.pot
@@ -675,12 +675,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
#: ../help.pm:526
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/af.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/af.po
index 14e104aed..d60ba44b6 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/af.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/af.po
@@ -1065,12 +1065,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"Nou moet u asseblief besluit watter partisie(s) u gaan gebruik vir die\n"
"installasie van u Mageia rekenaar.Indien die partisies reeds\n"
@@ -1136,11 +1130,6 @@ msgstr ""
"Om inligting rakende die verskillende beskikbare lêerstelsels te bekom, "
"lees\n"
"asseblief die ext2FS hoofstuk in die \"Reference Manual\".\n"
-"\n"
-"Indien u op 'n PPC masjien installeer, sal u 'n klien HFS 'bootstrap'\n"
-"partisie van ten minste 1MB wil skep. Dit sal deur 'yaboot' herlaai-\n"
-" stelsel gebruik word. Maak dit bietjie groter vir spaar 'kernel' en\n"
-"'ramdisk' beelde vir hulp in nood situasies."
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/am.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/am.po
index ac95b2e18..29d925ca1 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/am.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/am.po
@@ -671,12 +671,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
#: ../help.pm:526
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/ar.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/ar.po
index e4be1ed3d..9293ec99e 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/ar.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/ar.po
@@ -1087,12 +1087,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"عند هذه النقطة، تحتاج لاختيار أي التجزيئات ستستخدم\n"
"لتثبيت نظام ماندريبا لينكس. إن كانت التجزيئات بالفعل\n"
@@ -1159,13 +1153,6 @@ msgstr ""
"\n"
"لتحصل على معلومات حول أنواع أنظمة الملفّات المختلفة المتوفّرة، رجاءً\n"
"اقرا فَصْل ext2FS من ``الدّليل المرجعي``.\n"
-"\n"
-"إن كنت تقوم بالتّثبيت على ماكينة PPC، ستحتاج أن تنشئ تجزيء HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap`` صغير بحجم 1 ميجابايت على الأقلّ والذي سيستخدم بواسطة مُحمّل "
-"الإقلاع yaboot.\n"
-"إن اخترت أن تجعل التجزيء أكبر قليلاً، لنقل 50 ميجابايت، قد تجده\n"
-"مفيد لتخزين نواة احتياطية وصور ramdisk من أجل\n"
-"أوضاع الإقلاع الطّارئة."
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/az.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/az.po
index 2562ec127..e1aa2229d 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/az.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/az.po
@@ -1125,12 +1125,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"Bu nöqtədə siz Mageia yüklənəcək bölmə(lər)i seçməlisiniz. Əgər\n"
"bölmələr əvvəldən mövcuddursa (sistemdə əvvəllər qurulu olan GNU/Linuks \n"
@@ -1205,12 +1199,6 @@ msgstr ""
"Fərqli fayl sistem növləri haqqında daha ətraflı mə'lumat üçün, xahiş "
"edirik,\n"
"``Reference Manual'' kitabının ext2FS bölümünü oxuyun.\n"
-"\n"
-"Əgər PPC kompüterdə qurulum aparırsınızsa, ən az 1 MBlıq balaca bir HFS \n"
-"``bootstrap'' bölməsini yaboot açılış yükləyicisi üçün seçmək "
-"istəyəcəksiniz.\n"
-"Əgər daha çox yeriniz varsa, məsələn 50 MB, onda bütün kernel və ramdisk \n"
-"açılış əkslərinizi təcili hallar üçün burada saxlaya bilərsiniz."
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/be.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/be.po
index 66494c5ed..93b7b025e 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/be.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/be.po
@@ -671,12 +671,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
#: ../help.pm:526
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/bg.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/bg.po
index 90099a83f..e0c66559c 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/bg.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/bg.po
@@ -1009,12 +1009,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"В този момент трябва да изберете кой дялове да бъдат използвани за "
"инсталация\n"
@@ -1075,13 +1069,6 @@ msgstr ""
" * Ctrl-d, за да изтриете дял;\n"
"\n"
" * Ctrl-m, за да установите точка на монтиране.\n"
-"\n"
-"Ако инсталите на PPC машина, сигурно ще искате да създадете малък HFS\n"
-"\"bootstrap\" дял от поне 1 МБ, който ще бъде използват от boot loader-ът\n"
-"yaboot. Ако смятате да направите дяла по-голям, например 50 МБ, можете да "
-"го\n"
-"намерите за полезно място, където да съхранявате някое ядро или image на\n"
-"ramdisk в случай на извънредни ситуации."
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/bn.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/bn.po
index d6a350751..6792e28f0 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/bn.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/bn.po
@@ -912,12 +912,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"এই সময়ে আপনাকে Mageia যে পার্টিশনে ইনস্টল হবে তা নির্বাচন\n"
"করতে হবে। যদি আগে থেকেই পার্টিশন তৈরী থাকে, (GNU/Linux এর পুর্বের\n"
@@ -980,12 +974,6 @@ msgstr ""
"\n"
"বিদ্যমান ফাইল সিস্টেমের ধরন সম্পর্কে জানতে হলে \"Reference Manual\" এর\n"
"ext2FS অধ্যায়টি পড়ুন।\n"
-"\n"
-"আপনি যদি PPC মেশিনে ইনস্টল করেন, তাহলে আপনাকে yaboot বুটলোডারের\n"
-"ব্যবহারের জন্য একটি ছোট অন্তত ১ এমবি এর HFS \"বুটস্ট্র্যাপ\" পার্টিশন তৈরী করতে "
-"হবে।\n"
-"আপনি যদি পার্টিশনটি আরও বড় করতে চান, যেমন ৫০ MB, আপনি কোন জরুরী বুট সমস্যার\n"
-"জন্য একটি আলাদা কার্নেল এবং ramdisk তৈরী করে এই পার্টিশনে রাখতে পারেন।"
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/br.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/br.po
index 5e74dab04..67f4f29f5 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/br.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/br.po
@@ -681,12 +681,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
#: ../help.pm:526
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/bs.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/bs.po
index 11083dce1..71beea29f 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/bs.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/bs.po
@@ -1111,12 +1111,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"Sada trebate izabrati koje particije želite koristiti za instalaciju vašeg\n"
"Mageia sistema. Ako su particije već definisane, iz prijašnje\n"
@@ -1184,12 +1178,6 @@ msgstr ""
"\n"
"Da biste dobili informacije o raznim tipovima datotečnog sistema koji\n"
"su dostupni, pročitajte poglavlje o ext2FS iz ''Referentnog priručnika''.\n"
-"\n"
-"Ako instalirate na PPC računar, trebate napraviti malu HFS ''bootstrap''\n"
-"particiju od najmanje 1 MB koju će koristiti yaboot bootloader. Ako se\n"
-"odlučite da ovu particiju učinite nešto većom, npr. 50 MB, primjetićete\n"
-"da je ona korisno mjesto za čuvanje rezervnog kernela ili ramdisk slika\n"
-"za hitne slučajeve."
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/ca.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/ca.po
index 050ebec4c..34b04b583 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/ca.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/ca.po
@@ -1,26 +1,28 @@
# translation of ca.po to Catalan
# translation of DrakX.po to Catalan
# Copyright (C) 2000-2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# Softcatala, softcatala.org, 2000-2003
-# Albert Astals Cid <astals11@terra.es>, 2003-2004, 2005.
#
#
+# Softcatala, softcatala.org, 2000-2003.
+# Albert Astals Cid <astals11@terra.es>, 2003-2004, 2005.
+# Francesc Pinyol Margalef <francesc.pinyol.m@gmail.com>, 2013.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ca\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-12 12:22+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-13 23:24+0200\n"
-"Last-Translator: Albert Astals Cid <astals11@terra.es>\n"
-"Language-Team: Catalan <kde-i18n-ca@kde.org>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-21 13:36+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: Francesc Pinyol Margalef <francesc.pinyol.m@gmail.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Catalan <>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"
+"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n!=1;\n"
+"Language: ca\n"
#: ../help.pm:14
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
"covers the entire Mageia distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
@@ -31,8 +33,8 @@ msgstr ""
"Cobreix\n"
"tota la distribució Mageia. Si esteu d'acord amb tots els termes de "
"la\n"
-"llicència, feu clic al quadre \"%s\"; si no, prémer el botó \"%s\"\n"
-"reiniciarà el vostre ordinador."
+"llicència, feu clic al quadre «%s»; si no, si premeu el botó \"%s\"\n"
+"es reiniciarà el vostre ordinador."
#: ../help.pm:20
#, c-format
@@ -130,12 +132,12 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../help.pm:54
#, c-format
msgid "User name"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nom d'usuari"
#: ../help.pm:54
#, c-format
msgid "Accept user"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Accepta l'usuari"
#: ../help.pm:54
#, c-format
@@ -145,7 +147,8 @@ msgstr "Voleu utilitzar aquesta característica?"
#: ../help.pm:57
#, c-format
msgid ""
-"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk drive.\n"
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk "
+"drive.\n"
"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
@@ -155,13 +158,16 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
"\n"
-"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive "
+"number\",\n"
"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
"\n"
-"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n"
+"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard "
+"disk drive and\n"
"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n"
"\n"
-"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For "
+"IDE\n"
"hard disk drives:\n"
"\n"
" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
@@ -217,7 +223,7 @@ msgstr ""
"una \"b\" significa \"segona ID SCSI més baixa\", etc."
#: ../help.pm:88
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"The Mageia installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
@@ -228,10 +234,10 @@ msgstr ""
"La instal·lació del Mageia està repartida en diversos CD-ROM. Si\n"
"un dels paquets escollits està en un altre CD-ROM, DrakX expulsarà el CD\n"
"actual i us demanarà que n'inseriu un altre. Si no teniu el CD necessari a\n"
-"mà, premeu \"%s\" i els paquets corresponents no s'instal·laran."
+"mà, premeu «%s» i els paquets corresponents no s'instal·laran."
#: ../help.pm:95
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
"There are thousands of packages available for Mageia, and to make it\n"
@@ -289,25 +295,25 @@ msgid ""
"megabytes."
msgstr ""
"Ha arribat el moment d'indicar els programes que voleu instal·lar en el\n"
-"sistema. Mageia té milers de paquets, i per facilitar-ne la\n"
+"sistema. Mageia té milers de paquets, i per a facilitar-ne la\n"
"gestió s'han distribuït en grups d'aplicacions similars.\n"
"\n"
"Mageia agrupa els paquets en quatre categories. Podeu mesclar i fer\n"
"coincidir aplicacions de grups diversos, de manera que una instal·lació\n"
-"d'``Estació de treball'' pot perfectament tenir instal·lades aplicacions\n"
-"de la categoria ``Servidor'' \n"
+"d'«Estació de treball» pot perfectament tenir instal·lades aplicacions\n"
+"de la categoria «Servidor» \n"
+"\n"
" * \"%s\": si voleu utilitzar l'ordinador com a estació de treball,\n"
"seleccioneu un o més grups de la categoria estació de treball.\n"
"\n"
-" * \"%s\": si penseu utilitzar la vostra màquina per programar, escolliu\n"
-"els grups adients d'aquesta categoria. El grup especial \"LSB\"\n"
+" * \"%s\": si penseu utilitzar la vostra màquina per a programar, escolliu\n"
+"els grups adients d'aquesta categoria. El grup especial «LSB»\n"
"configurarà el vostre sistema per tal que compleixi tant com sigui\n"
-"possible amb les especificacions Linux Standard Base.\n"
+"possible les especificacions Linux Standard Base.\n"
"\n"
-" Seleccionar el grup \"LSB\" també instal·larà un kernel \"2.4\",\n"
-"en comptes del \"2.6\". Això es fa per assegurar que els sistema\n"
-"compleixi al 100%% amb LSB. Si no seleccioneu el grup \"LSB\"\n"
-"encara tindreu un sistema que compleix la LSB quasi al 100%%.\n"
+" Si seleccioneu el grup «LSB» s'assegura que els sistema\n"
+"compleix al 100%% amb LSB. Si no seleccioneu el grup «LSB»\n"
+"encara tindreu un sistema que compleix la LSB gairebé al 100%%.\n"
"\n"
" * \"%s\": si l'ordinador s'ha d'utilitzar com a servidor, seleccioneu\n"
"quins dels serveis més habituals voleu instal·lar\n"
@@ -319,24 +325,25 @@ msgstr ""
"Si moveu el cursor per sobre d'un nom de grup veureu una breu explicació\n"
"d'aquest grup.\n"
"\n"
-"Podeu marcar la casella \"%s\", que és útil si esteu familiaritzat amb els\n"
-"diversos paquets o si voleu tenir un control total sobre el que "
+"Podeu marcar la casella «%s», que és útil si esteu familiaritzats amb els\n"
+"diversos paquets o si voleu tenir un control total sobre allò que "
"s'instal·larà.\n"
"\n"
-"Si heu començat la instal·lació en el mode \"%s\", podeu desseleccionar \n"
+"Si comenceu la instal·lació en el mode «%s», podeu desseleccionar \n"
"tots els grups si voleu evitar que s'instal·li cap paquet nou. Això és\n"
"útil per reparar o actualitzar un sistema existent.\n"
+"\n"
"Si desseleccioneu tots els grups quan estigueu fent una\n"
"instal·lació normal (i no una actualització), se us presentarà un diàleg \n"
"proposant-vos diferents opcions per a una instal·lació mínima:\n"
"\n"
-" * \"%s\": instal·la els mínims paquets necessaris per tenir un\n"
+" * «%s»: instal·la els mínims paquets necessaris per a tenir un\n"
"entorn gràfic funcional\n"
"\n"
-" * \"%s\": instal·la el sistema base i les utilitats bàsiques amb la seva\n"
-"documentació. Aquesta instal·lació és adequada per configurar un servidor;\n"
+" * «%s»: instal·la el sistema base i les utilitats bàsiques amb la seva\n"
+"documentació. Aquesta instal·lació és adequada per a configurar un servidor;\n"
"\n"
-" * \"%s\": instal·la el nombre mínim de paquets necessari per aconseguir un\n"
+" * «%s»: instal·la el nombre mínim de paquets necessari per a aconseguir un\n"
"sistema Linux operatiu, només amb una interfície de línia d'ordres. Aquesta\n"
"instal·lació ocupa uns 65 MB."
@@ -358,7 +365,7 @@ msgid "Truly minimal install"
msgstr "Instal·lació mínima real"
#: ../help.pm:152
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
@@ -405,17 +412,17 @@ msgstr ""
"\n"
"!! Si heu seleccionat un paquet de servidor, intencionadament o perquè\n"
"formava part d'un grup, se us demanarà que confirmeu si realment voleu\n"
-"instal·lar aquests servidors. Per defecte, Mageia "
-"iniciaràautomàticament qualsevol servidor durant l'arrencada. Tot i que\n"
+"instal·lar aquests servidors. Per defecte, Mageia iniciarà \n"
+"automàticament qualsevol servidor durant l'arrencada. Tot i que\n"
"siguin segurs i no tinguin cap problema conegut quan es publica la\n"
"distribució, és totalment possible que es descobreixin forats de seguretat\n"
"després que aquesta versió de Mageia quedi finalitzada.\n"
"Si no sabeu què se suposa que fa un servei en particular, o per què s'està\n"
-"instal·lant, feu clic a \"%s\". Per defecte, si feu clic a \"%s\" els "
+"instal·lant, feu clic a «%s». Per defecte, si feu clic a «%s» els "
"serveis\n"
"llistats s'instal·laran i s'iniciaran automàticament durant l'arrencada. !!\n"
"\n"
-"L'opció \"%s\" s'utilitza per inhabilitar el diàleg d'advertència que\n"
+"L'opció «%s» s'utilitza per inhabilitar el diàleg d'advertència que\n"
"apareix quan l'instal·lador selecciona automàticament un paquet per "
"resoldre\n"
"dependències. Alguns paquets estan relacionats els uns amb els\n"
@@ -432,7 +439,7 @@ msgstr ""
"anteriorment\n"
"al final d'una altra instal·lació. Vegeu el segon suggeriment de l'últim "
"pas\n"
-"per saber com crear aquest disquet."
+"per a saber com crear aquest disquet."
#: ../help.pm:183
#, c-format
@@ -514,7 +521,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../help.pm:213
#, c-format
msgid "Hardware clock set to GMT"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Rellotge de maquinari establert a GMT"
#: ../help.pm:213
#, c-format
@@ -545,7 +552,7 @@ msgstr ""
"més convenient."
#: ../help.pm:234
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
@@ -605,7 +612,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"X (per sistema X Window) és el cor de la interfície gràfica de GNU/Linux\n"
"de què depenen tots els entorns gràfics (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep, \n"
-"WindowMaker, etc.) que venen amb Mageia.\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) que vénen amb Mageia.\n"
"\n"
"Veureu una relació de diferents paràmetres que podeu canviar per aconseguir\n"
"una visualització gràfica òptima.\n"
@@ -617,7 +624,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de la llista la targeta que realment tingueu instal·lada.\n"
"\n"
" En cas que hi hagi diferents servidors disponibles per a la vostra\n"
-"targeta, amb o sense acceleració 3D, se us demanarà que escolliu el que\n"
+"targeta, amb acceleració 3D o sense, se us demanarà que escolliu el que\n"
"més us convingui.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -644,7 +651,7 @@ msgstr ""
" Depenent del maquinari aquesta entrada pot no aparèixer.\n"
"\n"
" El sistema intentarà obrir una pantalla gràfica amb la resolució\n"
-"desitjada. Si podeu veure el missatge durant la prova i responeu \"%s\",\n"
+"desitjada. Si podeu veure el missatge durant la prova i responeu «%s»,\n"
"DrakX passarà al pas següent. Si no el podeu veure, vol dir que la\n"
"configuració detectada automàticament no era del tot correcta i la prova\n"
"finalitzarà automàticament al cap de 12 segons, portant-vos de nou al menú.\n"
@@ -655,7 +662,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Opcions\n"
"\n"
" Aquí podeu decidir si voleu que l'ordinador canviï automàticament a una\n"
-"interfície gràfica en arrencar. Òbviament, voldreu activar \"%s\" si\n"
+"interfície gràfica en arrencar. Òbviament, voldreu activar «%s» si\n"
"l'ordinador ha d'actuar com a servidor, o si no heu aconseguit\n"
"configurar la pantalla."
@@ -719,16 +726,18 @@ msgstr ""
"ha de ser un servidor, o si no heu pogut configurar la pantalla."
#: ../help.pm:319
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n"
-"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty or if an\n"
+"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty or "
+"if an\n"
"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n"
"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
"Mageia system.\n"
"\n"
-"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually "
+"irreversible\n"
"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
@@ -741,12 +750,14 @@ msgid ""
"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
"\n"
" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
-"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will "
+"then\n"
"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
"a good idea to keep them.\n"
"\n"
-" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and takes\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and "
+"takes\n"
"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
@@ -799,23 +810,23 @@ msgstr ""
"Segons la configuració del vostre disc dur, hi ha diverses opcions\n"
"possibles:\n"
"\n"
-" * \"%s\": aquesta opció particionarà automàticament les unitats buides.\n"
+" * «%s»: aquesta opció particionarà automàticament les unitats buides.\n"
"Amb aquesta opció no se us farà cap pregunta més.\n"
"\n"
-" * \"%s\": l'auxiliar ha detectat una o més particions de Linux al vostre\n"
+" * «%s»: l'auxiliar ha detectat una o més particions de Linux al vostre\n"
"disc dur. Si voleu utilitzar-les, escolliu aquesta opció. Se us demanarà\n"
"que trieu els punts de muntatge associats a cadascuna de les particions.\n"
"Els punts de muntatge existents se seleccionen per defecte, i en la\n"
"majoria dels casos és bona idea conservar-los.\n"
"\n"
-" * \"%s\" Si teniu el Microsoft Windows instal·lat al disc dur i n'ocupa\n"
+" * «%s». Si teniu el Microsoft Windows instal·lat al disc dur i n'ocupa\n"
"tot l'espai disponible, caldrà crear espai lliure per a GNU/Linux. Per\n"
"fer-ho, podeu suprimir la partició i les dades del Windows\n"
-"(consulteu la solució ``Esborrar completament el disc'') o canviar\n"
+"(consulteu la solució «Esborrar completament el disc») o canviar\n"
"la mida de la partició FAT o NTFS de Windows. Aquest canvi de mida\n"
"es pot dur a terme sense cap pèrdua de dades, sempre que la\n"
"partició de Windows hagi estat desfragmentada prèviament.\n"
-"És molt recomanable, fer una còpia de seguretat de les dades.\n"
+"És molt recomanable fer una còpia de seguretat de les dades.\n"
"Aquesta opció és la més recomanable si voleu utilitzar tant\n"
"Mageia com Microsoft Windows al mateix ordinador.\n"
"\n"
@@ -824,26 +835,26 @@ msgstr ""
"lliure a Microsoft Windows per emmagatzemar-hi dades o instal·lar-hi més "
"programari.\n"
"\n"
-" *\"%s\": si voleu suprimir totes les dades i particions que teniu al disc\n"
+" *«%s»: si voleu suprimir totes les dades i particions que teniu al disc\n"
"dur i substituir-les pel sistema Mageia, podeu escollir aquesta\n"
"opció. Aneu amb compte, però, perquè, un cop la confirmeu, no podreu\n"
"fer-vos enrere.\n"
"\n"
-" ¡¡ Si trieu aquesta opció, totes les dades del disc s'esborraran !!.\n"
+" ¡¡ Si trieu aquesta opció, totes les dades del disc s'esborraran. !!\n"
"\n"
-" *\"%s\": aquesta opció apareix quan el disc dur està completament ple\n"
+" *«%s». Aquesta opció apareix quan el disc dur està completament ple\n"
"per Microsoft Windows. Escollir aquest opció esborrarà tot el contingut del "
"disc i\n"
"començarà de nou, particionant des de zero.\n"
" ¡¡ Si trieu aquesta opció, totes les dades del disc s'esborraran !!.\n"
"\n"
-" * \"%s\": si voleu particionar el disc dur manualment, podeu triar aquesta\n"
+" * «%s»: si voleu particionar el disc dur manualment, podeu triar aquesta\n"
"opció. Aneu amb compte: és una opció molt potent però també perillosa, ja\n"
"que podeu perdre fàcilment totes les dades. Per tant, aquesta opció només "
"és\n"
"recomanable si heu fet abans alguna cosa similar i teniu una mica\n"
"d'experiència. Trobareu més instruccions sobre la utilitat DiskDrake a la\n"
-"secció ``Gestió de les particions'' de la ``Guia d'iniciació''."
+"secció «Gestió de les particions» de la «Guia d'iniciació»."
#: ../help.pm:377
#, c-format
@@ -853,7 +864,7 @@ msgstr "Utilitza les particions existents"
#: ../help.pm:370
#, c-format
msgid "Use the free space on the Microsoft Windows® partition"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Utilitza l'espai lliure en la partició Microsoft Windows®"
#: ../help.pm:370
#, c-format
@@ -940,20 +951,20 @@ msgstr "Genera un disquet per a la instal·lació automàtica"
#: ../help.pm:405
#, c-format
msgid "Replay"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Repeteix"
#: ../help.pm:405
#, c-format
msgid "Automated"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Automatitzat"
#: ../help.pm:405
#, c-format
msgid "Save packages selection"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Desa la selecció de paquets"
#: ../help.pm:408
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
@@ -977,12 +988,9 @@ msgid ""
"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
"bad blocks on the disk."
msgstr ""
-"Per poder utilitzar les particions que s'acaben de definir cal formatar-les\n"
-"(la formatació consisteix a crear-hi un sistema de fitxers).\n"
-"\n"
-"En aquest punt, potser voldreu tornar a formatar algunes de les particions\n"
-"existents per eliminar les dades que contenen. Si és així, seleccioneu\n"
-"també aquestes particions.\n"
+"Si heu triat la reutilització d'algunes de les particions de GNU/Linux,\n"
+"potser voleu reformatar-ne algunes i esborrar les dades que contenen.\n"
+"Per a fer-ho, seleccioneu també aquestes particions.\n"
"\n"
"Tingueu en compte que no cal tornar a formatar totes les particions que ja\n"
"existien; heu de tornar a formatar les particions que continguin el sistema\n"
@@ -992,16 +1000,16 @@ msgstr ""
"Aneu amb compte en seleccionar les particions; després de la formatació,\n"
"totes les dades s'hauran suprimit i no en podreu recuperar cap.\n"
"\n"
-"Feu clic a \"%s\" quan estigueu a punt per formatar les particions.\n"
+"Feu clic a «%s» quan estigueu a punt per formatar les particions.\n"
"\n"
-"Feu clic a \"%s\" si voleu seleccionar una altra partició per instal·lar\n"
+"Feu clic a «%s» si voleu seleccionar una altra partició per instal·lar\n"
"el nou sistema Mageia.\n"
"\n"
-"Feu clic a \"%s\" si voleu seleccionar particions on cercar-hi blocs "
+"Feu clic a «%s» si voleu seleccionar particions on cercar-hi blocs "
"defectuosos."
#: ../help.pm:437
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"By the time you install Mageia, it's likely that some packages will\n"
"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
@@ -1015,20 +1023,20 @@ msgid ""
"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
msgstr ""
-"Ara esteu instal·lant Mageia, és probable que alguns paquets\n"
+"En el moment d'instal·lar Mageia, és probable que alguns paquets\n"
"hagin estat actualitzats des de la data de llançament. Alguns errors poden\n"
"haver estat resolts, i problemes de seguretat poden estar ja corregits.\n"
"Per beneficiar-vos d'aquestes actualitzacions, les podeu baixar d'Internet.\n"
-"Trieu \"%s\" si teniu una connexió a Internet operativa, o \"%s\" si\n"
+"Trieu «%s» si teniu una connexió a Internet operativa, o bé «%s» si\n"
"preferiu instal·lar-les més tard.\n"
"\n"
-"Si trieu \"%s\" apareixerà una llista de llocs des d'on podeu baixar les\n"
+"Si trieu «%s» apareixerà una llista de llocs des d'on podeu baixar les\n"
"actualitzacions. Escolliu la ubicació més propera. Aleshores, apareixerà\n"
-"un arbre de selecció de paquets: comproveu la selecció i premeu \"%s\" per\n"
-"baixar i instal·lar els paquets seleccionats, o \"%s\" per abandonar."
+"un arbre de selecció de paquets: comproveu la selecció i premeu «%s» per\n"
+"baixar i instal·lar els paquets seleccionats, o bé «%s» per abandonar."
#: ../help.pm:450
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
@@ -1053,7 +1061,7 @@ msgstr ""
"el nivell de seguretat més tard amb l'eina draksec del\n"
"Centre de Control Mageia.\n"
"\n"
-"Ompliu el camp \"%s\" amb l'adreça electrònica de la persona responsable\n"
+"Ompliu el camp «%s» amb l'adreça electrònica de la persona responsable\n"
"de la seguretat. Els missatges de seguretat s'enviaran a aquesta adreça."
#: ../help.pm:461
@@ -1062,21 +1070,24 @@ msgid "Security Administrator"
msgstr "Administrador de seguretat"
#: ../help.pm:464
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
"installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n"
"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
-"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk drive\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk "
+"drive\n"
"partitions must be defined.\n"
"\n"
-"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can select\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can "
+"select\n"
"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
"\n"
"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n"
"\n"
-" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk drive\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk "
+"drive\n"
"\n"
" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n"
@@ -1101,7 +1112,8 @@ msgid ""
"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
"\n"
" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
-"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding "
+"of\n"
"partitioning.\n"
"\n"
" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
@@ -1109,7 +1121,8 @@ msgid ""
" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n"
"\n"
-" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this will\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this "
+"will\n"
"save your changes back to disk.\n"
"\n"
"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
@@ -1128,12 +1141,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"Ara és quan heu de decidir quina(es) partició(ns) voleu utilitzar per\n"
"instal·lar el sistema Mageia. Si ja s'han definit les particions\n"
@@ -1142,49 +1149,49 @@ msgstr ""
"s'han de definir particions al disc dur.\n"
"\n"
"Per crear particions, primer heu de seleccionar un disc dur. Podeu\n"
-"seleccionar el disc que s'ha de particionar fent clic a ``hda'' per a la\n"
-"primera unitat IDE, ``hdb'' per a la segona, ``sda'' per a la primera "
+"seleccionar el disc que s'ha de particionar fent clic a «hda» per a la\n"
+"primera unitat IDE, «hdb» per a la segona, «sda» per a la primera "
"unitat\n"
"SCSI, etc.\n"
"\n"
"Per particionar el disc dur seleccionat, podeu utilitzar aquestes opcions:\n"
"\n"
-" * \"%s\": aquesta opció suprimeix totes les particions que hi ha al\n"
+" * «%s»: aquesta opció suprimeix totes les particions que hi ha al\n"
"disc dur seleccionat.\n"
"\n"
-" * \"%s\": aquesta opció us permet crear automàticament les particions\n"
+" * «%s»: aquesta opció us permet crear automàticament les particions\n"
"ext3 i d'intercanvi en l'espai lliure del disc dur.\n"
"\n"
-"\"%s\": dóna accés a funcions addicionals:\n"
+"«%s»: dóna accés a funcions addicionals:\n"
"\n"
-" * \"%s\": desa la taula de particions en un disquet. És útil per a una\n"
+" * «%s»: desa la taula de particions en un disquet. És útil per a una\n"
"recuperació posterior de la taula de particions si fos necessari. És molt\n"
"recomanable que efectueu aquesta operació.\n"
"\n"
-" * \"%s\": permet restaurar d'un disquet una taula de particions que hi\n"
+" * «%s»: permet restaurar d'un disquet una taula de particions que hi\n"
"hagueu desat prèviament.\n"
"\n"
-" * \"%s\": si la taula de particions està malmesa, podeu provar de\n"
+" * «%s»: si la taula de particions està malmesa, podeu provar de\n"
"recuperar-la utilitzant aquesta opció. Aneu amb compte i recordeu que no\n"
"sempre funciona.\n"
"\n"
-" * \"%s\": descarta tots els canvis fets i torna a carregar la taula\n"
+" * «%s»: descarta tots els canvis fets i torna a carregar la taula\n"
"de particions original.\n"
"\n"
-" * \"%s\": si desseleccioneu aquesta opció fareu que els usuaris hagin\n"
+" * «%s»: si desseleccioneu aquesta opció fareu que els usuaris hagin\n"
"de muntar i desmuntar manualment les unitats de suports extraïbles, com ara\n"
"els disquets i els CD-ROM.\n"
"\n"
-" * \"%s\": utilitzeu aquesta opció si voleu utilitzar un auxiliar per\n"
+" * «%s»: utilitzeu aquesta opció si voleu utilitzar un auxiliar per\n"
"particionar el vostre disc dur. Es recomana que l'utilitzeu si no teniu\n"
"sòlids coneixements sobre particionament.\n"
"\n"
-" * \"%s\": utilitzeu aquesta opció per cancel·lar els canvis.\n"
+" * «%s»: utilitzeu aquesta opció per cancel·lar els canvis.\n"
"\n"
-" * \"%s\": permet accions addicionals en les particions (tipus,\n"
+" * «%s»: permet accions addicionals en les particions (tipus,\n"
"opcions, format) i dóna més informació sobre el disc dur.\n"
"\n"
-" * \"%s\": quan hagueu acabat de particionar el disc dur, aquesta opció\n"
+" * «%s»: quan hagueu acabat de particionar el disc dur, aquesta opció\n"
"desarà els canvis al disc.\n"
"\n"
"En definir la mida d'una partició, podeu acabar d'afinar-la mitjançant\n"
@@ -1202,29 +1209,23 @@ msgstr ""
"\n"
" * Ctrl+m per definir el punt de muntatge\n"
"\n"
-"Per a més informació sobre els diferents sistemes de fitxers disponibles,\n"
-"llegiu el capítol sobre ext2FS del ``Manual de Referència''.\n"
-"\n"
-"Si esteu fent la instal·lació en un ordinador PPC, voldreu crear una\n"
-"petita partició ``bootstrap'' HFS d'un mínim d'1 MB per a ús del carregador\n"
-"d'arrencada yaboot. Si decidiu fer-la una mica més gran, per exemple de\n"
-"50 MB, us serà d'utilitat per emmagatzemar un nucli de recanvi i imatges\n"
-"del disc RAM per a situacions d'emergència durant l'arrencada."
+"Per a més informació sobre els diversos sistemes de fitxers disponibles,\n"
+"llegiu el capítol sobre ext2FS del «Manual de Referència».\n"
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
msgid "Save partition table"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Desa la taula de particions"
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
msgid "Restore partition table"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Recupera la taula de particions"
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
msgid "Rescue partition table"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Rescata la taula de particions"
#
#: ../help.pm:526
@@ -1235,12 +1236,12 @@ msgstr "Muntatge automàtic dels dispositius extraïbles"
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
msgid "Wizard"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Auxiliar"
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
msgid "Undo"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Desfés"
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
@@ -1248,7 +1249,7 @@ msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
msgstr "Commuta entre els modes normal i expert"
#: ../help.pm:536
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk drive.\n"
"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
@@ -1257,13 +1258,16 @@ msgid ""
"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
"\"Capacity\".\n"
"\n"
-"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive "
+"number\",\n"
"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
"\n"
-"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n"
+"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk "
+"drive and\n"
"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n"
"\n"
-"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With "
+"IDE\n"
"hard disk drives:\n"
"\n"
" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
@@ -1277,42 +1281,43 @@ msgid ""
"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
"\n"
-"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the "
+"first\n"
"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
msgstr ""
"S'ha detectat més d'una partició de Microsoft a la unitat de disc.\n"
"Si us plau, trieu quina d'elles voleu redimensionar per instal·lar el nou\n"
"sistema operatiu Mageia.\n"
"\n"
-"Cada partició està identificada d'aquesta manera: \"Nom Linux\",\n"
-"\"Nom Windows\" \"Capacitat\".\n"
+"Cada partició està identificada d'aquesta manera: «Nom Linux»,\n"
+"«Nom Windows» «Capacitat».\n"
"\n"
-"\"Nom Linux\" es compon de: \"tipus d'unitat de disc dur\",\n"
-"\"número d'unitat de disc dur\", \"número de la partició\"\n"
-"(per exemple, \"hda1\").\n"
+"«Nom Linux» es compon de: «tipus d'unitat de disc dur»,\n"
+"«número d'unitat de disc dur», «número de la partició»\n"
+"(per exemple, «hda1»).\n"
"\n"
-"\"Tipus d'unitat de disc dur\" és \"hd\" si la vostre unitat de disc dur és\n"
-"IDE i \"sd\" si és SCSI.\n"
+"«Tipus d'unitat de disc dur» és «hd» si la vostra unitat de disc dur és\n"
+"IDE i «sd» si és SCSI.\n"
"\n"
-"\"Número de la unitat de disc dur\" és sempre una lletra després d'\"hd\" o\n"
-"\"sd\". Amb unitats de disc IDE:\n"
+"«Número de la unitat de disc dur» és sempre una lletra després d'«hd» o\n"
+"bé «sd». Amb unitats de disc IDE:\n"
"\n"
-" * \"a\" significa \"unitat de disc mestra en el controlador IDE primari\",\n"
+" * «a» significa «unitat de disc mestra en el controlador IDE primari»,\n"
"\n"
-" * \"b\" significa \"unitat de disc esclava en el controlador IDE primari"
-"\",\n"
+" * «b» significa «unitat de disc esclava en el controlador IDE primari"
+"»,\n"
"\n"
-" * \"c\" significa \"unitat de disc mestra en el controlador IDE secundari"
-"\",\n"
+" * «c» significa «unitat de disc mestra en el controlador IDE secundari"
+"»,\n"
"\n"
-" * \"d\" significa \"unitat de disc esclava en el controlador IDE secundari"
-"\".\n"
+" * «d» significa «unitat de disc esclava en el controlador IDE secundari"
+"».\n"
"\n"
-"Amb les unitats de disc SCSI, una \"a\" significa \"ID SCSI més baixa\",\n"
-"una \"b\" significa \"segona ID SCSI més baixa\", etc.\n"
+"Amb les unitats de disc SCSI, una «a» significa «ID SCSI més baixa»,\n"
+"una «b» significa «segona ID SCSI més baixa», etc.\n"
"\n"
-"\"Nom Windows\" és la lletra de la vostra unitat de disc sota Windows (el\n"
-"primer disc o partició s'anomena \"C:\")."
+"«Nom Windows» és la lletra de la vostra unitat de disc sota Windows (el\n"
+"primer disc o partició s'anomena «C:»)."
#: ../help.pm:567
#, c-format
@@ -1328,7 +1333,7 @@ msgstr ""
"obtenir una llista de països completa."
#: ../help.pm:572
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
"found on your machine.\n"
@@ -1339,7 +1344,8 @@ msgid ""
" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
-"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to "
+"change\n"
"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n"
"\n"
" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
@@ -1351,30 +1357,30 @@ msgid ""
"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
"to Mageia version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
msgstr ""
-"Aquest pas només s'activa si s'ha trobat una partició GNU/Linux antiga\n"
+"Aquest pas només s'activa si s'ha trobat una partició GNU/Linux existent\n"
"al vostre ordinador.\n"
"\n"
-"DrakX necessita saber si voleu realitzar una instal·lació nova o\n"
+"DrakX necessita saber si voleu realitzar una instal·lació nova o bé\n"
"una actualització d'un sistema Mageia existent:\n"
"\n"
-" * \"%s\": aquesta opció destrueix gairebé del tot el sistema antic. Si\n"
+" * «%s». Aquesta opció destrueix gairebé del tot el sistema existent. Si\n"
"voleu canviar les particions dels discs durs, o el sistema de fitxers,\n"
"heu d'utilitzar aquesta opció. No obstant això, i depenent de l'esquema de\n"
"particionament que tingueu, podeu evitar que part de les dades existents\n"
-"(per exemple els directoris \"home\") se sobreescriguin.\n"
+"(per exemple els directoris «home») se sobreescriguin.\n"
"\n"
-" * \"%s\": aquest tipus d'instal·lació us permet actualitzar els paquets\n"
+" * «%s». Aquest tipus d'instal·lació us permet actualitzar els paquets\n"
"que ja estan instal·lats al sistema Mageia. L'esquema de\n"
"particionament actual i les dades d'usuari no queden afectades. La\n"
"majoria de les altres fases de configuració queden disponibles, de\n"
"manera similar a una instal·lació estàndard.\n"
"\n"
-"L'opció “Actualitza” ha de funcionar correctament en sistemes Mandriva\n"
-"Linux amb la versió \"8.1\" o posteriors. No es recomana realitzar una\n"
-"actualització en versions de Mageia anteriors a la \"8.1\"."
+"L'opció «Actualitza» hauria de funcionar correctament en sistemes Mandriva\n"
+"Linux amb la versió «8.1» o posteriors. No es recomana realitzar una\n"
+"actualització en versions de Mandriva anteriors a la «8.1»."
#: ../help.pm:594
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
@@ -1394,7 +1400,7 @@ msgid ""
"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
msgstr ""
"DrakX seleccionarà automàticament la configuració de teclat correcta\n"
-"segons l'idioma que hagueu escollit a Secció. Comproveu que la selecció\n"
+"segons l'idioma que hagueu escollit. Comproveu que la selecció\n"
"us vagi bé o escolliu una altra configuració de teclat.\n"
"\n"
"Tanmateix, pot ser que tingueu un teclat que no correspongués exactament al\n"
@@ -1406,7 +1412,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tots dos casos, aquesta fase de la instal·lació us permetrà triar un teclat\n"
"adequat d'una llista.\n"
"\n"
-"Feu clic al botó \"%s\" per veure la llista completa de teclats "
+"Feu clic al botó «%s» per veure la llista completa de teclats "
"disponibles.\n"
"\n"
"Si trieu una disposició de teclat basada en un alfabet no llatí, el diàleg\n"
@@ -1414,7 +1420,7 @@ msgstr ""
"configuracions llatina i no llatina."
#: ../help.pm:612
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
"\n"
@@ -1456,22 +1462,24 @@ msgid ""
"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
"change the language settings for that particular user."
msgstr ""
+"El primer pas consisteix a triar l'idioma preferit.\n"
+"\n"
"L'idioma preferit que trieu afectarà a l'idioma de la documentació,\n"
"l'instal·lador i a tot el sistema en general. Seleccioneu primer la\n"
"regió on us trobeu i després l'idioma que parleu.\n"
"\n"
-"Si feu clic al botó \"%s\" podreu seleccionar altres idiomes que vulgueu\n"
+"Si feu clic al botó «%s» podreu seleccionar altres idiomes que vulgueu\n"
"instal·lar a la vostra estació de treball. S'instal·laran els fitxers\n"
"d'idioma específics de la documentació i de les aplicacions. Per exemple,\n"
"si heu de tenir usuaris espanyols a l'ordinador, podeu triar l'anglès com a\n"
-"idioma per defecte a la vista d'arbre i marcar \"%s\" a la secció Avançat.\n"
+"idioma per defecte a la vista d'arbre i «%s» a la secció Avançat.\n"
"\n"
-"En quant al suport UTF-8 (unicode): Unicode és una nova codificació de\n"
+"Quant al suport UTF-8 (unicode): Unicode és una nova codificació de\n"
"caràcters que cobreix tots els idiomes existents. El suport complet a\n"
-"GNU/Linux encara està sota desenvolupament. Per aquesta raó, Mageia\n"
+"GNU/Linux encara està en desenvolupament. Per aquesta raó, Mageia\n"
"l'usarà o no depenent de les opcions que esculli l'usuari:\n"
"\n"
-" * Si escolliu un idioma amb una codificació existent forta(idiomes\n"
+" * Si escolliu un idioma amb una codificació existent forta (idiomes\n"
"llatins, rus, japonès, xinès, coreà, thai, grec, turc, la majoria dels\n"
"idiomes iso-8859-2), la codificació existent s'usarà per defecte;\n"
"\n"
@@ -1480,19 +1488,18 @@ msgstr ""
" * Si s'instal·len dos o més idiomes i aquests idiomes no usen la mateixa\n"
"codificació, llavors s'usarà unicode per tot el sistema;\n"
"\n"
-" * Finalment, es pot forçar l'ús de unicode si s'escull la opció\"%s\"\n"
+" * Finalment, es pot forçar l'ús de unicode si s'escull la opció «%s»\n"
"independentment dels idiomes escollits.\n"
"\n"
"Noteu que no esteu limitats a escollir només un idioma addicional. Podeu\n"
"triar diversos idiomes addicionals, i fins i tot instal·lar-los tots\n"
-"activant la casella \"%s\". Si habiliteu un idioma esteu instal·lant les\n"
+"activant la casella «%s». Si habiliteu un idioma esteu instal·lant les\n"
"traduccions, els tipus de lletra, els verificadors ortogràfics, etc. "
"d'aquest idioma.\n"
"\n"
-"Per passar d'un dels idiomes a un altre, podeu executar com a \"root\"\n"
-"l'ordre \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" per canviar l'idioma de tot el sistema. "
-"Si\n"
-"l'executeu com a usuari normal, només es canviarà l'idioma d'aquest\n"
+"Per passar d'un dels idiomes a un altre, podeu executar com a «root»\n"
+"l'ordre «/usr/sbin/localedrake» per canviar l'idioma de tot el sistema.\n"
+"Si l'executeu com a usuari normal, només es canviarà l'idioma d'aquest\n"
"usuari concret."
#: ../help.pm:650
@@ -1503,10 +1510,10 @@ msgstr "Espanyol"
#: ../help.pm:643
#, c-format
msgid "Use Unicode by default"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Utilitza unicode per defecte"
#: ../help.pm:646
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
@@ -1543,28 +1550,31 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"DrakX generalment detecta el nombre de botons que té el vostre ratolí.\n"
"Si no pot, assumeix que teniu un ratolí de dos botons i el configurarà per\n"
-"emular el tercer botó. Es pot ``prémer' ' el tercer botó d'un ratolí de dos\n"
+"emular el tercer botó. Es pot «prémer» el tercer botó d'un ratolí de dos\n"
"botons fent clic simultàniament als botons dret i esquerre. DrakX\n"
"detectarà automàticament si el ratolí utilitza la interfície PS/2, sèrie o "
"USB.\n"
"\n"
"En cas que tingueu un ratolí de 3 botons sense rodeta, podeu escollir\n"
-"\"%s\". DrakX configurarà el ratolí per tal de simular la rodeta,\n"
+"«%s». DrakX configurarà el ratolí per tal de simular la rodeta,\n"
"per fer-ho premeu el botó central i moveu el ratolí a dalt i a baix.\n"
"\n"
"Si per alguna raó voleu especificar un altre tipus de ratolí,\n"
"seleccioneu-lo a la llista.\n"
"\n"
+"Podeu seleccionar l'entrada «%s» per a escollir un ratolí de tipus\n"
+"«genèric», que funcionarà amb gairebé qualsevol ratolí.\n"
+"\n"
"Si escolliu un ratolí diferent del ratolí per defecte, es mostrarà una\n"
"pantalla de prova. Utilitzeu els botons i la roda per verificar que la\n"
"configuració és correcta i que el ratolí funciona bé. Si el ratolí no\n"
"funciona bé, premeu la barra d'espai o la tecla [Intro] per cancel·lar la\n"
"prova i tornar a la llista.\n"
"\n"
-"De vegaDES, la roda del ratolí no es detecta automàticament. En aquest cas,\n"
+"De vegades, la roda del ratolí no es detecta automàticament. En aquest cas,\n"
"haureu de seleccionar-lo a la llista. Assegureu-vos de triar el que\n"
"correspon al port a què esta connectat el ratolí. Després de seleccionar un\n"
-"ratolí i prémer el botó \"%s\", a la pantalla apareixerà un ratolí. Mogueu "
+"ratolí i prémer el botó «%s», a la pantalla apareixerà un ratolí. Mogueu "
"la\n"
"roda del ratolí per assegurar-vos que s'ha activat correctament, comprovant\n"
"que es mou també a la pantalla; després comproveu els botons i que el "
@@ -1591,7 +1601,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Windows s'anomena \"ttyS0\" a GNU/Linux."
#: ../help.pm:684
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
@@ -1610,24 +1620,26 @@ msgid ""
"you\n"
"know what you're doing."
msgstr ""
-"LILO i GRUB són carregadors d'arrencada de GNU/Linux. Normalment,\n"
-"aquesta fase es realitza de manera totalment automàtica. DrakX analitzarà\n"
-"el sector d'arrencada del disc i actuarà conforme al que hi trobi:\n"
+"Un carregador d'arrencada és un petit programa que l'ordinador executa\n"
+"durant l'arrencada. És l'encarregat d'iniciar tot el sistema. Normalment, \n"
+"la instal·lació del carregador d'arrencada es realitza de manera \n"
+"totalment automàtica. DrakX analitzarà el sector d'arrencada del disc \n"
+"i actuarà conforme al que hi trobi:\n"
"\n"
" * si troba un sector d'arrencada del Windows, el reemplaçarà amb un sector\n"
"d'arrencada de GRUB/LILO. D'aquesta manera podreu carregar GNU/Linux\n"
-"o un altre SO.\n"
+"o bé un altre SO.\n"
"\n"
-" * si troba un sector d'arrencada grub o LILO, el reemplaçarà amb un nou.\n"
+" * si troba un sector d'arrencada GRUB o LILO, el reemplaçarà amb un de nou.\n"
"\n"
-"Si no pot prendre una decisió, DrakX us preguntarà on ha de col·locar el\n"
-"carregador d'arrencada. Normalment, \"%s\" és el lloc més segur. Si "
+"Si no pot prendre una decisió, DrakX us preguntarà on ha de col·locar el\n"
+"carregador d'arrencada. Normalment, «%s» és el lloc més segur. Si "
"escolliu\n"
-"\"%s\" no s'instal·larà cap carregador d'arrencada. Utilitzeu-lo només si\n"
-"sabeu que esteu fent."
+"«%s» no s'instal·larà cap carregador d'arrencada. Utilitzeu-lo només si\n"
+"sabeu què esteu fent."
#: ../help.pm:745
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
"operating systems may offer you one, but Mageia offers two. Each of\n"
@@ -1655,34 +1667,34 @@ msgid ""
"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
msgstr ""
"Ara cal seleccionar el sistema d'impressió del vostre ordinador. Altres\n"
-"sistemes operatius us poden oferir un, però el Mageia n'ofereix\n"
+"sistemes operatius us en poden oferir un, però el Mageia n'ofereix\n"
"dos. Cada sistema d'impressió és el més convenient per a un tipus de\n"
"configuració determinat.\n"
"\n"
-" * \"%s\", acrònim de \"print, do not queue\" (imprimeix, no facis cua), és\n"
+" * «%s», acrònim de «print, do not queue» (imprimeix, no facis cua), és\n"
"la millor opció si teniu una connexió directa amb la impressora i voleu\n"
"evitar els embussos a l'hora d'imprimir, i no teniu impressores de xarxa.\n"
-"(\"%s\" només gestionarà xarxes molt senzilles i és una mica lenta quan\n"
-"s'usa en xarxa.) Escolliu \"pdq\" si és la vostra primera incursió\n"
-"en GNU/Linux.\n"
+"(«%s» només gestionarà xarxes molt senzilles i és una mica lenta quan\n"
+"s'usa en xarxa.) Escolliu «pdq» si és la vostra primera incursió\n"
+"a GNU/Linux.\n"
"\n"
-" * \"%s\" `` Common Unix Printing System'', Sistema d'impressió comú de\n"
-"Unix, és una elecció excel·lent tant si voleu imprimir a la vostra\n"
+" * «%s» «Common Unix Printing System» (sistema d'impressió comú de\n"
+"Unix), és una elecció excel·lent tant si voleu imprimir a la vostra\n"
"impressora local com a l'altra punta del món. És senzilla de configurar i\n"
-"pot actuar com a servidor o client per a l'antic sistema d'impressió \"lpd"
-"\"\n"
+"pot actuar com a servidor o client per a l'antic sistema d'impressió «lpd"
+"»\n"
"i, per tant, és compatible amb sistemes operatius antics que encara\n"
"necessitin serveis d'impressió. És força potent, però la configuració "
"bàsica\n"
-"és gairebé tan senzilla com la de \"pdq\". Si necessiteu emular un servidor\n"
-"\"lpd\", heu d'habilitar el dimoni \"cups-lpd\". \"%s\" inclou frontals\n"
+"és gairebé tan senzilla com la de «pdq». Si necessiteu emular un servidor\n"
+"«lpd», heu d'habilitar el dimoni «cups-lpd». «%s» inclou frontals\n"
"gràfics per a la impressió o per escollir les opcions d'impressió\n"
"i per gestionar la impressora.\n"
"\n"
"Si ara feu una tria, i després veieu que el sistema d'impressió no us\n"
"agrada, podeu canviar-lo executant el PrinterDrake des del Centre de "
-"control\n"
-"de Mageia i fent clic al botó Expert."
+"Control\n"
+"de Mageia i fent clic al botó «%s»."
#: ../help.pm:768
#, c-format
@@ -1692,7 +1704,7 @@ msgstr "pdq"
#: ../help.pm:724
#, c-format
msgid "CUPS"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "CUPS"
#: ../help.pm:724
#, c-format
@@ -1742,18 +1754,18 @@ msgstr ""
"manualment."
#: ../help.pm:789
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
msgstr ""
-"\"%s\": si es detecta una targeta de so al vostre sistema, es mostra aquí.\n"
+"«%s»: si es detecta una targeta de so al vostre sistema, es mostra aquí.\n"
"Si veieu que la targeta de so que es mostra no és la que realment teniu al\n"
-"sistema, podeu fer clic al botó i seleccionar un altre programa de control."
+"sistema, podeu fer clic al botó i seleccionar un altre controlador."
#: ../help.pm:794
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
@@ -1821,66 +1833,68 @@ msgstr ""
"tenir algunes o totes les entrades següents. Cada entrada consta\n"
"de l'element de configuració que cal configurar, seguit d'un breu\n"
"resum de la configuració actual.\n"
-"Feu clic al botó \"%s\" corresponent per canviar-ho.\n"
+"Feu clic al botó «%s» corresponent per canviar-ho.\n"
"\n"
-" * \"%s\": comproveu la configuració actual del mapa de teclat i\n"
+" * «%s»: comproveu la configuració actual del mapa de teclat i\n"
"canvieu-la si és necessari.\n"
"\n"
-" * \"%s\": comproveu la selecció actual de país. Si no sou a aquest\n"
-"país, feu clic al botó \"%s\" i escolliu-ne un altre. Si el vostre\n"
-"país no és a la primera llista que es mostra, feu clic al botó \"%s\"\n"
+" * «%s»: comproveu la selecció actual de país. Si no sou a aquest\n"
+"país, feu clic al botó «%s» i escolliu-ne un altre. Si el vostre\n"
+"país no és a la primera llista que es mostra, feu clic al botó «%s»\n"
"per obtenir una llista de països completa.\n"
"\n"
-" * \"%s\": per defecte, DrakX dedueix la vostra zona horària en\n"
-"funció del país que hagueu escollit. Aquí podeu fer clic al botó \"%s\"\n"
+" * «%s»: per defecte, DrakX dedueix la vostra zona horària en\n"
+"funció del país que hagueu escollit. Aquí podeu fer clic al botó «%s»\n"
"si no fos correcta.\n"
"\n"
-" * \"%s\": comproveu la configuració actual del ratolí i feu clic al\n"
+" * «%s»: comproveu la configuració actual del ratolí i feu clic al\n"
"botó per canviar-la si fos necessari.\n"
"\n"
-" * \"%s\": feu clic al botó \"%s\" per obrir l'auxiliar de configuració\n"
-"de la impressora. Consulteu el capítol corresponent de la ``Guia d'\n"
-"iniciació'' per tenir més informació sobre la configuració d'una nova\n"
-"impressora. Aquesta interfície és similar a la utilitzada durant la\n"
-"instal·lació.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": si es detecta una targeta de so al vostre sistema, es\n"
+" * «%s»: si es detecta una targeta de so al vostre sistema, es\n"
"mostra aquí. Si veieu que que no és la que realment teniu al sistema,\n"
"podeu fer clic al botó per triar un altre controlador.\n"
"\n"
-" * \"%s\": per defecte, DrakX configura la vostra interfície\n"
-"gràfica a una resolució de \"800x600\" or \"1024x768\". Si no us\n"
-"va bé, feu clic a \"%s\" per reconfigurar la interfície gràfica.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": si es detecta una targeta de TV al sistema, es mostra\n"
-"aquí. Si en teniu una però no és detectada, feu clic a \"%s\" per\n"
+" * «%s»: si es detecta una targeta de TV al sistema, es mostra\n"
+"aquí. Si en teniu una però no és detectada, feu clic a «%s» per\n"
"intentar configurar-la manualment.\n"
"\n"
-" * \"%s\": si es detecta una targeta XDSI al sistema, es mostra\n"
-"aquí. Podeu fer clic a \"%s\" per canviar els paràmetres associats\n"
-"amb la targeta.\n"
+" * «%s»: feu clic al botó «%s» per a canviar els paràmetres associats\n"
+"amb la targeta si penseu que la configuració no és correcta.\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s»: per defecte, DrakX configura la vostra interfície\n"
+"gràfica a una resolució de \"800x600\" o bé \"1024x768\". Si no us\n"
+"va bé, feu clic a «%s» per reconfigurar la interfície gràfica.\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s»: si voleu configurar ara l'accés a Internet o a la xarxa local.\n"
+"Adreceu-vos a la documentació impresa o feu servir el Centre de Control\n"
+"de Mageia un cop acabada la instal·lació per a gaudir de l'ajuda en\n"
+"línia completa.\n"
"\n"
-" * \"%s\": si voleu configurar ara l'accés a Internet o a la xarxa local.\n"
+" * «%s»: permet la configuració de les adreces dels servidors intermediaris\n"
+"HTTP i FTP si la màquina que esteu configurant està darrere d'un servidor\n"
+"intermediari.\n"
"\n"
-" * \"%s\": aquesta entrada un permet redefinir el nivell de seguretat\n"
-"definit en un pas anterior ().\n"
+" * «%s»: aquesta opció us permet redefinir el nivell de seguretat definit\n"
+"en un pas anterior ().\n"
"\n"
-" * \"%s\": si teniu previst connectar-vos a Internet, és bona idea\n"
-"protegir-vos d'intrusions instal·lant un tallafocs. Consulteu-ne\n"
-"els detalls a la secció corresponent de la ``Guia d'iniciació''.\n"
+" * «%s»: si teniu previst connectar-vos a Internet, és bona idea\n"
+"protegir-vos d'intrusions instal·lant un tallafoc. Consulteu-ne\n"
+"els detalls a la secció corresponent de la «Guia d'iniciació».\n"
"\n"
-" * \"%s\": si voleu canviar la configuració del carregador d'arrencada,\n"
+" * «%s»: si voleu canviar la configuració del carregador d'arrencada,\n"
"feu clic a aquest botó. Es recomana que això només ho facin els usuaris\n"
-"avançats.\n"
+"avançats. Adreceu-vos a la documentació impresa o bé l'ajuda en línia\n"
+"sobre la configuració del carregador d'arrencada del Centre de Control\n"
+"de Mageia.\n"
"\n"
-" * \"%s\": aquí podreu acabar d'ajustar els serveis que s'executaran\n"
+" * «%s»: aquí podreu acabar d'ajustar els serveis que s'executaran\n"
"en el vostre ordinador. Si teniu previst utilitzar aquesta màquina com\n"
"a servidor, és aconsellable que reviseu aquesta configuració."
#: ../help.pm:809
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid "TV card"
-msgstr "Targeta XDSI"
+msgstr "Targeta de TV"
#: ../help.pm:809
#, c-format
@@ -1893,7 +1907,7 @@ msgid "Graphical Interface"
msgstr "Interfície gràfica"
#: ../help.pm:861
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
"Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
@@ -1907,8 +1921,10 @@ msgstr ""
#, c-format
msgid ""
"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
-"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
-"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, including\n"
+"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be "
+"able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, "
+"including\n"
"any Windows data.\n"
"\n"
"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/cs.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/cs.po
index e41461edf..740195812 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/cs.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/cs.po
@@ -1101,12 +1101,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"V této chvíli je potřeba určit, který(é) oddíl(y) budou použity pro "
"instalaci\n"
@@ -1176,12 +1170,6 @@ msgstr ""
"\n"
"Více informací o jednotlivých druzích souborových systémů naleznete\n"
"v kapitole o ext2fs v \"Referenční příručce\".\n"
-"\n"
-"Pokud instalujete na počítač PPC, je potřeba vytvořit malý oddíl HFS,\n"
-"tzv. \"bootstrap\" o minimální velikosti 1MB, který bude použit pro zavaděč\n"
-"Yaboot. Pokud vytvoříte tento oddíl větší, např. 50 MB, je to dobré místo "
-"pro\n"
-"uložení ramdisku a jádra pro situace záchrany disku."
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/cy.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/cy.po
index f93f3cadc..ef4021ac5 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/cy.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/cy.po
@@ -1062,12 +1062,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"Yn awr mae angen i chi ddewis pa raniadau i'w defnyddio ar gyfer gosodiad\n"
"eich system Mageia. Os oes rhaniadau wedi eu diffinio eisoes, un\n"
@@ -1131,14 +1125,6 @@ msgstr ""
"I dderbyn gwybodaeth am yr amrywiol systemau ffeil sydd ar gael, darllenwch "
"y\n"
" pennawd ar ext2fs yn y ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"Os ydych yn gosod ar beiriant PPC, bydd angen i chi greu \"ymlwythwr\" \n"
-" bychan o leiaf 1MB o faint, fydd yn cael ei ddefnyddio gan ymlwythwr "
-"yaboot.\n"
-"Os ydych yn dewis gwneud y rhaniad rhywfaint yn fwy, dyweder tua 50MB, yna\n"
-"gall fod yn le defnyddiol i gadw cnewyllyn sbâr a delweddau ramdisk ar "
-"gyfer\n"
-" sefyllfaoedd cychwyn argyfyngus!"
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/da.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/da.po
index eba796401..c27e29875 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/da.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/da.po
@@ -1089,12 +1089,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"Nu skal du vælge hvilke partitioner som skal bruges til installering af dit "
"Mageia system. Hvis partitionerne allerede er blevet defineret, "
@@ -1159,12 +1153,6 @@ msgstr ""
"\n"
"For at få information om de forskellige tilgængelige filsystemstyper kan du "
"læse kapitlet ext2fs i 'Referencemanualen'.\n"
-"\n"
-"Hvis du er i gang med at installere på en PPC-maskine skal du lave en lille "
-"HFS-'bootstrap'-partition på mindst 1 MB til Yaboot-systemstarteren. Hvis du "
-"vælger at lave partitionen en smule større, f.eks. 50 MB kan den være nyttig "
-"til at gemme en ekstra kerne og ramdisk-billede for nødsituationer ved "
-"opstart."
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/de.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/de.po
index 4e81a39c4..42339416e 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/de.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/de.po
@@ -1133,12 +1133,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"Sie müssen nun entscheiden, auf welche(n) Partition(en) Ihr neues Mandriva\n"
"Linux System installiert werden soll. Falls bereits Partitionen existieren\n"
@@ -1209,13 +1203,6 @@ msgstr ""
"\n"
"Um mehr Informationen über die verschiedenen Dateisystemtypen zu erhalten,\n"
"lesen Sie bitte das Kapitel ext2FS in der „Referenz“.\n"
-"\n"
-"Falls Sie die Installation auf einem PPC-Rechner vornehmen, sollten Sie\n"
-"eine mindestens 1MB, große HFS Start-Partition für den\n"
-"Betriebssystemstarter yaboot erstellen. Wenn Sie diese Partition etwas\n"
-"größer dimensionieren, etwa 50MB, haben Sie einen geeigneten Platz, um\n"
-"einen Rettungskern samt RamDisk abzulegen, um in Notfällen starten zu\n"
-"können."
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/el.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/el.po
index 40794d802..a01ddc708 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/el.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/el.po
@@ -1071,12 +1071,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"\n"
" Linux\n"
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/eo.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/eo.po
index e2e006b72..8cc2a518c 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/eo.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/eo.po
@@ -1135,12 +1135,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"Nun vi devas elekti kiuj subdisko(j) estu uzata(j) por instalado\n"
"de via Mandriva-Linuksa sistemo. Se jam estas difinitaj subdiskoj,\n"
@@ -1207,13 +1201,6 @@ msgstr ""
"\n"
"Por akiri informojn pri la diversaj haveblaj dosier-sistem-tipoj, bonvolu\n"
"legi la ĉapitron ext2FS en la ''Referenca Manlibro''.\n"
-"\n"
-"Se vi instalas sur PPC-maŝinon, vi deziros krei malgrandan HFS-\n"
-"''praŝargo''-subdiskon de almenaŭ 1 MB kiu uzotas de la yaboot-\n"
-"startigilo. Se vi volas iomete pligrandigi tiun subdiskon, ni diru 50 MB, "
-"vi\n"
-"povas ankaŭ uzi ĝin por stoki tie kromajn kerno- kaj ramdisk-bildojn por\n"
-"paneaj situacioj de startigo."
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/es.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/es.po
index c8cd692bf..c78a98fc1 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/es.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/es.po
@@ -1155,12 +1155,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"Ahora necesita elegir qué particiones se utilizarán para la instalación de\n"
"su sistema Mageia. Si ya se han definido particiones, ya sea por\n"
@@ -1233,12 +1227,6 @@ msgstr ""
"Para obtener información sobre los distintos tipos de sistemas de archivos\n"
"disponibles, por favor lea el capítulo acerca de ext2FS del \"Manual de\n"
"Referencia\".\n"
-"\n"
-"Si está instalando en una máquina PPC, querrá crear una pequeña partición\n"
-"HFS de \"bootstrap\" de al menos 1 MB que será utilizada por el cargador de\n"
-"arranque yaboot. Si opta por hacer la partición un poco más grande, digamos\n"
-"50 MB, puede ver que es un lugar útil para almacenar un núcleo y ramdisk\n"
-"alternativos para arrancar en situaciones de emergencia."
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/et.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/et.po
index 38e5c9510..826f8c411 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/et.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/et.po
@@ -1111,12 +1111,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"Nüüd peate valima partitsiooni(d), kuhu soovite Mageiai paigaldada.\n"
"Kui need on juba olemas kas GNU/Linuxi varasema paigalduse või mõne muu\n"
@@ -1188,12 +1182,6 @@ msgstr ""
"\n"
"Lähemat infot erinevate failisüsteemitüüpide kohta leiab \"Süvateadmiste\n"
"käsiraamatu\" (\"Reference Manual\") peatükist \"Linuxi failisüsteem\".\n"
-"\n"
-"Kui paigaldamine toimub PPC-masinas, tuleks luua vähemalt 1MB suurune\n"
-"väike HFS \"bootstrap\"-partitsioon, mida kasutab alglaadur yaboot. Kui Te\n"
-"aga teete selle partitsiooni natukene suuremaks (näiteks nii umbes 50MB),\n"
-"on see päris hea koht, kuhu hädaolukorraks paigutada tagavarakernel\n"
-"ja ramdisk-laadepildid."
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/eu.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/eu.po
index 949aa45ba..bed89a521 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/eu.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/eu.po
@@ -11,25 +11,25 @@ msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: DrakX-eu\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-12 12:22+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-12-31 14:02+0100\n"
-"Last-Translator: Iñigo Salvador Azurmendi <xalba@euskalnet.net>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-05 15:08+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: Egoitz Rodriguez Obieta <egoitzro@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: EUSKARA <itzulpena@euskalgnu.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n"
+"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.7\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../help.pm:14
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
"covers the entire Mageia distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
"button will reboot your computer."
msgstr ""
-"Aurrera jarraitu aurretik lizentziaren baldintzak arretaz irakurri. \n"
-"Mageia banaketa osoa hartzen du. Baldintza guztiekin ados \n"
+"Aurrera jarraitu aurretik lizentziaren baldintzak arretaz irakurri.\n"
+"Mageia banaketa osoa hartzen du. Baldintza guztiekin ados\n"
"bazaude, hautatu \"%s\" laukia. Onartzen ez badituzu, \"%s\" botoian klik\n"
"egin eta ordenagailua berrabiaraziko da."
@@ -116,12 +116,12 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../help.pm:54
#, c-format
msgid "User name"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Erabiltzaile izena"
#: ../help.pm:54
#, c-format
msgid "Accept user"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Erabiltzailea onartu"
#: ../help.pm:54
#, c-format
@@ -133,7 +133,8 @@ msgstr "Eginbide hau erabili nahi duzu?"
#: ../help.pm:57
#, c-format
msgid ""
-"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk drive.\n"
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk "
+"drive.\n"
"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
@@ -143,13 +144,16 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
"\n"
-"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number"
+"\",\n"
"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
"\n"
-"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n"
+"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard "
+"disk drive and\n"
"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n"
"\n"
-"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For "
+"IDE\n"
"hard disk drives:\n"
"\n"
" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
@@ -160,7 +164,8 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
"\n"
-"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" "
+"means\n"
"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
msgstr ""
"Hemen dituzu zure disko zurrunean detektatutako Linux partizioak.\n"
@@ -201,7 +206,7 @@ msgstr ""
# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
#: ../help.pm:88
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"The Mageia installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
@@ -218,7 +223,7 @@ msgstr ""
# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
#: ../help.pm:95
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
"There are thousands of packages available for Mageia, and to make it\n"
@@ -348,7 +353,7 @@ msgstr "Instalazio minimo-minimoa"
# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
#: ../help.pm:152
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
@@ -499,7 +504,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../help.pm:213
#, c-format
msgid "Hardware clock set to GMT"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hardware-erlojua GMT-an jarri "
#: ../help.pm:213
#, c-format
@@ -530,7 +535,7 @@ msgstr ""
"aukeratu beharko duzu."
#: ../help.pm:234
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
@@ -710,16 +715,18 @@ msgstr ""
# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
#: ../help.pm:319
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n"
-"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty or if an\n"
+"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty "
+"or if an\n"
"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n"
"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
"Mageia system.\n"
"\n"
-"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually "
+"irreversible\n"
"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
@@ -732,12 +739,14 @@ msgid ""
"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
"\n"
" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
-"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will "
+"then\n"
"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
"a good idea to keep them.\n"
"\n"
-" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and takes\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and "
+"takes\n"
"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
@@ -760,7 +769,8 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
" !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
"\n"
-" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken by\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken "
+"by\n"
"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
"\n"
@@ -844,7 +854,7 @@ msgstr "Erabili lehendik dagoen partizioa"
#: ../help.pm:370
#, c-format
msgid "Use the free space on the Microsoft Windows® partition"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Microsoften Windows-eko ® partizioko espazio librea erabili ezazu"
#: ../help.pm:370
#, c-format
@@ -935,22 +945,22 @@ msgstr "Sortu auto-instalazioko disketea"
#: ../help.pm:405
#, c-format
msgid "Replay"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Errepikatu"
#: ../help.pm:405
#, c-format
msgid "Automated"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Automatizatuta"
#: ../help.pm:405
#, c-format
msgid "Save packages selection"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pakete-hautaketa gorde ezazu"
# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
#: ../help.pm:408
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
@@ -990,8 +1000,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\n"
"Klikatu \"%s\" partizioak eratzeko prest zaudenean.\n"
"\n"
-"Klikatu \"%s\" Mageia sistema eragile berria instalatzeko beste "
-"partizio\n"
+"Klikatu \"%s\" Mageia sistema eragile berria instalatzeko beste partizio\n"
" bat aukeratu nahi baduzu.\n"
"\n"
"Klikatu \"%s\" diskoan hondatutako blokeak aurkitzeko egiaztatuko diren\n"
@@ -1000,7 +1009,7 @@ msgstr ""
# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
#: ../help.pm:437
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"By the time you install Mageia, it's likely that some packages will\n"
"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
@@ -1030,7 +1039,7 @@ msgstr ""
# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
#: ../help.pm:450
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
@@ -1066,21 +1075,24 @@ msgstr "Segurtasun-administratzailea"
# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
#: ../help.pm:464
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
"installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n"
"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
-"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk drive\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk "
+"drive\n"
"partitions must be defined.\n"
"\n"
-"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can select\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can "
+"select\n"
"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
"\n"
"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n"
"\n"
-" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk drive\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk "
+"drive\n"
"\n"
" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n"
@@ -1105,7 +1117,8 @@ msgid ""
"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
"\n"
" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
-"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding "
+"of\n"
"partitioning.\n"
"\n"
" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
@@ -1113,7 +1126,8 @@ msgid ""
" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n"
"\n"
-" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this will\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this "
+"will\n"
"save your changes back to disk.\n"
"\n"
"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
@@ -1132,12 +1146,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"Orain, Mageia sistema instalatzeko zein partizio erabiliko\n"
"d(ir)en aukeratu behar duzu. Partizioak jadanik definituta badaude,\n"
@@ -1209,27 +1217,21 @@ msgstr ""
"\n"
"Erabil daitezkeen fitxategi-sistema desberdinei buruzko informazioa\n"
"lortzeko, irakurri ``Erreferentzia Eskuliburuko'' ext2FS kapitulua.\n"
-"\n"
-"PPC makina batean instalatu behar baduzu, gutxienez 1 Mbko HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partizio txiki bat sortzea komeni zaizu, yaboot\n"
-"abioko kargatzaileak erabil dezan. Partizioa handixeagoa egitea hautatzen \n"
-"baduzu, adibidez 50 MBkoa, leku egokia izan daiteke ordezko nukleo bat\n"
-"eta ramdisk imajinak biltegiratzeko emergentziazko abioa egin ahal izateko."
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
msgid "Save partition table"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Partizio taula gorde"
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
msgid "Restore partition table"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Partizio taula berritu"
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
msgid "Rescue partition table"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Partizio taula berrezkuratu"
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
@@ -1239,12 +1241,12 @@ msgstr "Euskarri aldagarriak automuntatzea"
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
msgid "Wizard"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Morroia"
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
msgid "Undo"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Desegin"
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
@@ -1254,22 +1256,26 @@ msgstr "Aldatu modu normalera/aditu modura"
# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
#: ../help.pm:536
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
-"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk drive.\n"
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk "
+"drive.\n"
"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
"Mageia operating system.\n"
"\n"
"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
"\"Capacity\".\n"
"\n"
-"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive "
+"number\",\n"
"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
"\n"
-"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n"
+"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk "
+"drive and\n"
"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n"
"\n"
-"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With "
+"IDE\n"
"hard disk drives:\n"
"\n"
" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
@@ -1280,10 +1286,12 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
"\n"
-"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" "
+"means\n"
"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
"\n"
-"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the "
+"first\n"
"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
msgstr ""
"Microsoft partizio bat baino gehiago aurkitu dira zure disko zurrunean.\n"
@@ -1335,7 +1343,7 @@ msgstr ""
"jasotzeko."
#: ../help.pm:572
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
"found on your machine.\n"
@@ -1346,7 +1354,8 @@ msgid ""
" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
-"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to "
+"change\n"
"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n"
"\n"
" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
@@ -1423,7 +1432,7 @@ msgstr ""
# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
#: ../help.pm:612
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
"\n"
@@ -1481,8 +1490,7 @@ msgstr ""
"UTF-8 (unicode) euskarriari buruz: Unicode karaktere kodeketa berri bat da,\n"
"existitzen diren hizkuntza guztiak hartu nahi dituena. Hala ere, "
"berarentzako\n"
-"erabateko euskarria oraindik garatzen ari da GNU/Linux-en, Mageia-"
-"en\n"
+"erabateko euskarria oraindik garatzen ari da GNU/Linux-en, Mageia-en\n"
"UTF-8 erabilera erabiltzailearen hautaketen araberakoa da:\n"
"\n"
" * Jatorrizko kodeketa ahaltsua duen hizkuntza bat aukeratzen baduzu \n"
@@ -1518,7 +1526,7 @@ msgstr "Gaztelania"
#: ../help.pm:643
#, c-format
msgid "Use Unicode by default"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Modu lehenetsian Erabili Unikodea"
# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
@@ -1651,7 +1659,7 @@ msgstr ""
# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
#: ../help.pm:745
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
"operating systems may offer you one, but Mageia offers two. Each of\n"
@@ -1679,8 +1687,7 @@ msgid ""
"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
msgstr ""
"Inprimatzeko sistema bat hautatzeko unea da orain.Eeste sistema eragile \n"
-"batzuk bakarra eskainiko dizute, baina Mageia-ek bi eskaintzen "
-"ditu.\n"
+"batzuk bakarra eskainiko dizute, baina Mageia-ek bi eskaintzen ditu.\n"
"Inprimaketa sistema bakoitza egokiago da konfigurazio mota batzuetarako.\n"
"\n"
" * \"%s\" -- ``print, do not queue'' esapidearen akronimoa da, eta aukera\n"
@@ -1712,7 +1719,7 @@ msgstr "pdq"
#: ../help.pm:724
#, c-format
msgid "CUPS"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "CUPS"
#: ../help.pm:724
#, c-format
@@ -1772,7 +1779,7 @@ msgstr ""
"botoian klik egin eta beste gidari bat hauta dezakezu."
#: ../help.pm:794
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
@@ -1858,11 +1865,6 @@ msgstr ""
" * \"%s\": egiaztatu uneko sagu konfigurazioa eta klikatu botoia aldatzea\n"
"beharrezka bada.\n"
"\n"
-" * \"%s\": \"%s\" botoian klikatzeak inprimagailu konfigurazio morroia\n"
-"irekiko du. Kontsultatu ``Hasiberrien Gida''n dagokion atala inprimagailu\n"
-"berri bat nola ezarri jakiteko. Bertan azaldutako interfazea instalazioan\n"
-" erabiltzen denaren antzekoa da.\n"
-"\n"
" * \"%s\": zure sisteman soinu txartel bat detektatzen bada, hemen\n"
" bistaratuko da. Bistaratutako soinu-txartela zure sisteman instalatuta "
"dagoena ez dela Ikusten baduzu, botoian klikatu eta beste gidari bat\n"
@@ -1902,15 +1904,12 @@ msgstr ""
"\n"
" * \"%s\": sarrera honen bitartez zehatz doitu dezakezu zure makinan\n"
"zein zerbitzu exekutatuko diren. Makina hau zerbitzari moduan erabiltzeko\n"
-"asmoa badaukazu ona litzateke ezarpen hau errepasatzea.zure makinan zein "
-"zerbitzu exekutatuko diren doitasunez \n"
-"kontrola dezakezu hemendik. Makina hau zerbitzari gisa erabiltzeko asmoa \n"
-"baduzu, konfigurazio hau berrikustea komeni zaizu."
+"asmoa badaukazu ona litzateke ezarpen hau errepasatzea."
#: ../help.pm:809
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid "TV card"
-msgstr "ISDN txartela"
+msgstr "TB txartela"
#: ../help.pm:809
#, c-format
@@ -1925,7 +1924,7 @@ msgstr "Interfaze grafikoa"
# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
#: ../help.pm:861
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
"Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
@@ -1941,8 +1940,10 @@ msgstr ""
#, c-format
msgid ""
"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
-"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
-"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, including\n"
+"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be "
+"able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, "
+"including\n"
"any Windows data.\n"
"\n"
"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
@@ -1966,117 +1967,3 @@ msgstr "Hurrengoa ->"
#, c-format
msgid "<- Previous"
msgstr "<- Aurrekoa"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer "
-#~ "configuration\n"
-#~ "wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for "
-#~ "more\n"
-#~ "information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in "
-#~ "our\n"
-#~ "manual is similar to the one used during installation."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "\"%s\": \"%s\" botoian klik eginda inprimagailuak konfiguratzeko morroia\n"
-#~ "irekiko da. Begiratu \"Starter Guide\"/\"Hasiberrien Gida\"-n dagokion\n"
-#~ "kapitulua inprimagailu berria nola ezarri jakiteko. Gure eskuliburuan \n"
-#~ "aurkeztutako interfazea instalazio garaian erabilitakoaren antzekoa da."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/"
-#~ "Linux\n"
-#~ "system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
-#~ "administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add "
-#~ "users,\n"
-#~ "change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" "
-#~ "can\n"
-#~ "do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult "
-#~ "to\n"
-#~ "guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As "
-#~ "you\n"
-#~ "can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
-#~ "against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
-#~ "operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
-#~ "unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
-#~ "partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
-#~ "\"root\".\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least "
-#~ "8\n"
-#~ "characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it "
-#~ "far\n"
-#~ "too easy to compromise your system.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
-#~ "you\n"
-#~ "must be able to remember it!\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce "
-#~ "the\n"
-#~ "chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. "
-#~ "If\n"
-#~ "you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use "
-#~ "this\n"
-#~ "``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
-#~ "click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain "
-#~ "authentication\n"
-#~ "services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know "
-#~ "which\n"
-#~ "one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
-#~ "computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely "
-#~ "trust\n"
-#~ "everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Hau da erabaki puntu garrantzitsuena zure GNU/Linux sistemaren\n"
-#~ " segurtasunerako: \"root\" pasahitza idatzi behar duzu. \"Root\" sistema\n"
-#~ " administratzailea da eta berak bakarrik dauka sistema eguneratu,\n"
-#~ " erabiltzaileak erantsi, konfigurazio orokorra aldatu eta "
-#~ "horrelakoetarako\n"
-#~ " baimena. Labur esateko, \"root\"ek guztia egin dezake! Horregatik "
-#~ "aukeratu\n"
-#~ "behar duzu asmatzeko zaila den pasahitza. DrakX-k esango dizu aukeratzen\n"
-#~ "duzun pasahitza errazegia den. Ikus dezakezunez ez zaude pasahitz bat\n"
-#~ "sartzera behartuta, baino biziki gomendatzen dizugu horrelakorik ez "
-#~ "egitea.\n"
-#~ "GNU/Linux, erabilzaileen akatsetara beste edozein sistema eragilek adina\n"
-#~ " joera dauka. \"root\"-ek muga guztiak gaindi ditzakeenez eta nahi gabe\n"
-#~ " partizioetako datu guztiak ezaba ditzakeenez beraietara behar bezain\n"
-#~ "kontuz ez sartzeagatik, garrantzi handia dauka \"root\" gisa sartzea\n"
-#~ "zaila izatea.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Pasahitzak karaktere alfanumerikoen nahasketa izan behar luke, gutxienez\n"
-#~ "8 karakterekoa. Ez idatzi inon \"root\" pasahitza - zure sistema "
-#~ "arriskuan\n"
-#~ "jartzea izugarri errazten du.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Oharra - ez egin pasahitza luzeegia edo konplexuegia, gero zuk "
-#~ "gogoratzeko\n"
-#~ "modukoa izan behar baitu!\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Pasahitza ez da pantailan bistaratuko zuk idatzi bitartean. Tekleatzean\n"
-#~ "egindako akatsak saihesteko, pasahitza bi aldiz idatzi beharko duzu.\n"
-#~ "Akats tipografiko bera bil aldiz egiten baduzu, pasahitz ``oker'' hori "
-#~ "erabili\n"
-#~ " beharko duzu \"root\" bezela konektatzen zaren lehen aldian.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Ordenagailu honen sarbidea autentifikazio-zerbitzari batek kontrolatzea\n"
-#~ "nahi baduzu, egin klik \"%s\" botoian.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Zure sareak LDAP, NIS, edo PDC Windows domeinuen autentifikazio\n"
-#~ " zerbitzuak erabiltzen baditu, hautatu \"%s\"ri dagokiona. Zein erabili "
-#~ "ez\n"
-#~ " badakizu, galdetu sare-administratzaileari.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Pasahitzak gogoratzeko arazoak badituzu, edo zure ordenagailua inoiz ez\n"
-#~ " bada Internetera konektatuta egongo eta konfiantza osoa baduzu\n"
-#~ " ordenagailua erabiltzen duten guztiengan, \"%s\" hauta dezakezu."
-
-#~ msgid "authentication"
-#~ msgstr "egiaztatzea"
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/fa.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/fa.po
index 5b735b028..49ac20002 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/fa.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/fa.po
@@ -1099,12 +1099,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"در این نقطه، شما مجبور به انتخاب قسمت‌بندی(های) که برای نصب سیستم لینوکس \n"
"ماندریبا استفاده خواهد شد هستید.اگر قسمت‌بندی‌هایی که یا از یک نصب قبلی \n"
@@ -1171,12 +1165,6 @@ msgstr ""
"\n"
"برای دریافت اطلاعات درباره انواع سیستم پرونده موجود، لطفاً فصل ext2FS \n"
"را از ` دستورالعمل مرجع'' بخوانید.\n"
-"\n"
-"اگر شما بر یک ماشین PPC نصب می‌کنید، شما باید یک قسمت‌بندی کوچک HFS \n"
-"``bootstrap'' حداقل ۱ مگابایت که برای بارگذار آغازگر yaboot\n"
-"استفاده می‌شود را ایجاد کنید اگر شما بطور اختیاری آن قسمت‌بندی را بزرگتر\n"
-"بسازید، مثلاً ۵۰ مگابایت، شما آن را برای انبار یک هسته یدک و تصاویر ramdisk\n"
-"در شرایط آغازگری اضطراری مفید خواهید یافت."
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/fi.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/fi.po
index b16291e0e..569e24b25 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/fi.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/fi.po
@@ -1092,12 +1092,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"Tässä vaiheessa sinun pitää määrittää mitkä osiot käytetään Mageia\n"
"-järjestelmäsi asennuksessa. Jos osioita on jo määritelty, joko\n"
@@ -1164,12 +1158,6 @@ msgstr ""
"\n"
"Saadaksesi lisätietoja käytettävissä olevista tiedostojärjestelmistä,\n"
"lue lisää ``Reference Manual'':sta osasta ext2FS.\n"
-"\n"
-"Jos olet asentamassa PPC-koneelle, sinun pitää luoda pieni HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap''-osio kooltaan vähintään 1Mt, joka tulee Yaboot\n"
-"käynnistyslataajan käyttöön. Jos päätät tehdä osiosta vähän suuremman,\n"
-"esim. 50Mt, on hyvä ajatus asentaa ylimääräinen ydin ja ramdisk-kuva\n"
-"virhetilanteiden käynnistystarpeeseen."
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/fr.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/fr.po
index 149d13bf3..2b3720da6 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/fr.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/fr.po
@@ -75,19 +75,20 @@ msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: DrakX-fr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-12 12:22+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-09-24 15:29+0200\n"
-"Last-Translator: Christophe Berthelé <cpjc@free.fr>\n"
-"Language-Team: French <cooker-i18n@mandrivalinux.org>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-04-25 17:02+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: Yann Ciret <mageia@zamiz.net>\n"
+"Language-Team: French <i18n-fr@ml.mageia.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
+"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.5\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2;plural=(n>1);\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
#: ../help.pm:14
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
"covers the entire Mageia distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
@@ -195,7 +196,8 @@ msgstr "Voulez-vous utiliser cette fonctionnalité ?"
#: ../help.pm:57
#, c-format
msgid ""
-"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk drive.\n"
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk "
+"drive.\n"
"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
@@ -205,13 +207,16 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
"\n"
-"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number"
+"\",\n"
"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
"\n"
-"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n"
+"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard "
+"disk drive and\n"
"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n"
"\n"
-"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For "
+"IDE\n"
"hard disk drives:\n"
"\n"
" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
@@ -222,7 +227,8 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
"\n"
-"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" "
+"means\n"
"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
msgstr ""
"La liste présentée plus haut identifie les partitions GNU/Linux détectées\n"
@@ -244,7 +250,8 @@ msgstr ""
"Le « type de disque dur » correspond à hd si votre disque est IDE. Pour un\n"
"disque SCSI, vous lirez « sd ».\n"
"\n"
-"Le « numéro du disque » est toujours listé après le « hd » ou « sd ». Pour les\n"
+"Le « numéro du disque » est toujours listé après le « hd » ou « sd ». Pour "
+"les\n"
"disques durs IDE :\n"
"\n"
" * « a » signifie « disque primaire maître sur le premier contrôleur IDE »;\n"
@@ -264,7 +271,7 @@ msgstr ""
# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
#: ../help.pm:88
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"The Mageia installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
@@ -272,8 +279,7 @@ msgid ""
"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
"installed."
msgstr ""
-"Les paquetages requis à l'installation de Mageia sont distribués "
-"sur\n"
+"Les paquetages requis à l'installation de Mageia sont distribués sur\n"
"plusieurs CD-ROM. Si un paquetage requis se trouve sur un autre CD-ROM,\n"
"DrakX éjectera celui présent dans le lecteur et vous demandera d'insérer le\n"
"CD-ROM approprié. Si vous ne possédez pas le CD demandé, cliquez tout\n"
@@ -283,7 +289,7 @@ msgstr ""
# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
#: ../help.pm:95
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
"There are thousands of packages available for Mageia, and to make it\n"
@@ -354,15 +360,14 @@ msgstr ""
"\n"
" * « %s » : si votre système doit être utilisé pour la programmation,\n"
"choisissez les groupes désirés. Le groupe spécial « LSB » configurera votre\n"
-"système de manière à ce qu'il corresponde le plus possible avec la Linux\n"
-"Standard Base.\n"
+"système de manière à ce qu'il corresponde le plus possible\n"
+"aux spécifications Linux Standard Base.\n"
"\n"
-" Si vous choisissez le groupe « LSB », cela assurera\n"
-"une compatibilité LSB maximale. Cependant, si vous ne sélectionnez pas ce\n"
-"groupe « LSB » vous aurez quand même un système presque entièrement\n"
-"compatible LSB.\n"
+" Si vous choisissez le groupe « LSB », cela assurera une compatibilité\n"
+"LSB maximale. Cependant, si vous ne sélectionnez pas ce groupe « LSB »\n"
+"vous aurez quand même un système presque entièrement compatible LSB.\n"
"\n"
-" * « %s » : enfin, si votre système doit fonctionner en tant que serveur,\n"
+" * « %s » : si votre système doit fonctionner en tant que serveur,\n"
"vous pourrez sélectionner les services que vous voulez installer.\n"
"\n"
" * « %s » : ce groupe vous permettra de déterminer quel environnement\n"
@@ -372,8 +377,8 @@ msgstr ""
"En plaçant votre souris au-dessus d'un nom de groupe, vous verrez\n"
"apparaître une courte description de ce groupe.\n"
"\n"
-"Vous pouvez enfin cocher l'option « %s ». Cette option est à utiliser si\n"
-"vous connaissez exactement le paquetage désiré ou si vous voulez avoir le\n"
+"Vous pouvez cocher l'option « %s ». Cette option est à utiliser si vous\n"
+"connaissez exactement le paquetage désiré ou si vous voulez avoir le\n"
"contrôle total de votre installation.\n"
"\n"
"Si vous avez démarré l'installation en mode « %s », vous pouvez\n"
@@ -412,7 +417,7 @@ msgid "Truly minimal install"
msgstr "Installation réellement minimale"
#: ../help.pm:152
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
@@ -448,7 +453,7 @@ msgid ""
"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
"such a floppy."
msgstr ""
-"Enfin, si vous avez choisi de sélectionner individuellement les paquetages\n"
+"Si vous avez choisi de sélectionner individuellement les paquetages\n"
"à installer, DrakX vous présentera un arbre contenant tous les paquetages,\n"
"classés par groupes et sous-groupes. En navigant à travers l'arbre, vous\n"
"pouvez sélectionner des groupes, des sous-groupes ou des paquetages\n"
@@ -464,8 +469,8 @@ msgstr ""
"est possible que certaines failles de sécurité affectent les serveurs\n"
"installés au-delà de la date de publication. Si vous ne savez pas\n"
"précisément à quoi sert un service en particulier ou pourquoi il est\n"
-"installé, cliquez sur « %s ». En cliquant sur « %s », le serveur sera\n"
-"installé et le service rendu disponible au démarrage. !!\n"
+"installé, cliquez sur « %s ». En cliquant sur « %s », les services listés\n"
+"seront installés et rendus disponible au démarrage. !!\n"
"\n"
"L'option « %s » désactive les avertissements qui apparaissent à chaque fois\n"
"que l'installeur sélectionne un nouveau paquetage. Parfois, pour qu'un\n"
@@ -593,7 +598,7 @@ msgstr ""
# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
#: ../help.pm:234
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
@@ -672,10 +677,10 @@ msgstr ""
"\n"
"Moniteur\n"
"\n"
-" Le programme d'installation détecte et configure automatiquement les\n"
-"moniteurs connectés à votre unité centrale. Si ce n'est pas le cas, vous\n"
-"pouvez choisir dans cette liste le moniteur que vous utilisez\n"
-"effectivement.\n"
+" Normalement le programme d'installation détecte et configure\n"
+"automatiquement les moniteurs connectés à votre machine. Si ce\n"
+"n'est pas le cas, vous pouvez choisir dans cette liste le moniteur que\n"
+"vous utilisez effectivement.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -684,7 +689,7 @@ msgstr ""
" Vous pouvez choisir ici la résolution et nombre de couleurs parmi celles\n"
"disponibles pour votre matériel. Choisissez la configuration optimale pour\n"
"votre utilisation (vous pourrez néanmoins modifier cela après\n"
-"l'installation). Un échantillon de la configuration choisie apparaît dans\n"
+"l'installation). Un exemple de la configuration choisie apparaît dans\n"
"le dessin du moniteur.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -697,14 +702,15 @@ msgstr ""
"choisie. Si vous pouvez voir le message pendant le test, et répondez\n"
"« %s », alors DrakX passera à l'étape suivante. Si vous ne pouvez pas voir\n"
"de message, cela signifie que vos paramètres sont incompatibles, et le test\n"
-"se terminera automatiquement après 12 secondes. Changez la configuration\n"
-"jusqu'à obtenir un affichage correct lors du test.\n"
+"se terminera automatiquement après 12 secondes et vous ramènera au\n"
+"menu. Changez la configuration jusqu'à obtenir un affichage correct lors\n"
+"du test.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"Options\n"
"\n"
-" Vous pourrez également choisir ici de démarrer l'interface graphique au\n"
+" Vous pourrez choisir ici de démarrer l'interface graphique au\n"
"lancement de la machine. Il est préférable de choisir « %s » si vous êtes\n"
"en train d'installer un serveur, ou si vous n'avez pas réussi à configurer\n"
"l'écran correctement."
@@ -780,16 +786,18 @@ msgstr ""
"l'écran correctement."
#: ../help.pm:319
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n"
-"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty or if an\n"
+"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty "
+"or if an\n"
"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n"
"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
"Mageia system.\n"
"\n"
-"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually "
+"irreversible\n"
"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
@@ -802,12 +810,14 @@ msgid ""
"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
"\n"
" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
-"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will "
+"then\n"
"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
"a good idea to keep them.\n"
"\n"
-" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and takes\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and "
+"takes\n"
"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
@@ -830,7 +840,8 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
" !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
"\n"
-" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken by\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken "
+"by\n"
"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
"\n"
@@ -847,29 +858,29 @@ msgstr ""
"installation de Mageia. Si votre disque est vide ou utilisé par un\n"
"autre système d'exploitation, vous devrez repartitionner votre disque.\n"
"Partitionner un disque désigne l'opération consistant à le diviser\n"
-"précisément afin de créer un espace pour votre installation.\n"
+"logiquement afin de créer un espace pour votre installation.\n"
"\n"
-"Comme les effets du partitionnement sont irréversibles (l'ensemble du\n"
-"disque est effacé), le partitionnement est généralement intimidant et\n"
-"stressant pour un utilisateur inexpérimenté. Heureusement, un assistant a\n"
-"été prévu à cet effet. Avant de commencer, lisez le reste de ce document et\n"
-"surtout, prenez votre temps.\n"
+"Comme les effets du partitionnement sont généralement irréversibles, \n"
+"le partitionnement est généralement intimidant et stressant pour un\n"
+"utilisateur inexpérimenté. Heureusement, un assistant a été prévu à cet\n"
+"effet. Avant de commencer, lisez le reste de ce document et surtout, \n"
+"prenez votre temps.\n"
"\n"
"Selon la configuration de votre disque, plusieurs options sont "
"disponibles :\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-" * « %s » : cette option tentera simplement de partitionner automatiquement\n"
-"l'espace inutilisé sur votre disque. Il n'y aura pas d'autre question.\n"
+" * « %s » : cette option tentera de partitionner automatiquement l'espace\n"
+"inutilisé sur votre disque. Il n'y aura pas d'autre question.\n"
"\n"
" * « %s » : l'assistant a détecté une ou plusieurs partitions Linux\n"
-"existant sur votre disque. Si vous voulez les utiliser, choisissez cette\n"
+"existantes sur votre disque. Si vous voulez les utiliser, choisissez cette\n"
"option. Il vous sera alors demandé de choisir les points de montage\n"
"associés à chacune des partitions. Les anciens points de montage sont\n"
"sélectionnés par défaut, et vous devriez généralement les garder.\n"
"\n"
" * « %s » : si Microsoft Windows est installé sur votre disque et en prend\n"
-"toute la place vous devez faire de la place pour votre installation\n"
+"toute la place, vous devez faire de la place pour votre installation\n"
"GNU/Linux. Pour ce faire, vous pouvez tout effacer (voir « effacer tout le\n"
"disque ») ou vous pouvez redimensionner la partition Windows FAT ou NTFS.\n"
"Le redimensionnement peut être effectué sans pertes de données, à condition\n"
@@ -886,19 +897,20 @@ msgstr ""
" * « %s » : si vous voulez effacer toutes les données et les applications\n"
"installées sur votre système et les remplacer par votre nouveau système\n"
"Mageia, choisissez cette option. Soyez prudent, car ce choix est\n"
-"irréversible et permanent. Il vous sera impossible de retrouver vos données\n"
-"effacées.\n"
+"irréversible et permanent une fois confirmé. Il vous sera impossible de\n"
+"retrouver vos données effacées.\n"
"\n"
" !! En choisissant cette option, l'ensemble du contenu de votre disque\n"
"sera détruit. !!\n"
"\n"
-" * « %s » : ce choix apparaît lorsque l'intégralité du disque dur est occupé\n"
+" * « %s » : ce choix apparaît lorsque l'intégralité du disque dur est "
+"occupé\n"
"par Microsoft Windows. Choisir cette option effacera tout simplement ce que\n"
"contient le disque et recommencera à zéro. Toutes les données et les\n"
"programmes présents sur le disque seront effacés.\n"
"\n"
" !! En choisissant cette option, l'ensemble de votre disque sera effacé\n"
-"!!\n"
+"et les données perdues. !!\n"
"\n"
" * « %s » : permet de partitionner manuellement votre disque. Soyez\n"
"prudent, car bien que plus puissante, cette option est dangereuse. Vous\n"
@@ -1014,7 +1026,7 @@ msgid "Save packages selection"
msgstr "Sauvegarder la sélection des paquetages"
#: ../help.pm:408
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
@@ -1061,7 +1073,7 @@ msgstr ""
# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
#: ../help.pm:437
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"By the time you install Mageia, it's likely that some packages will\n"
"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
@@ -1089,7 +1101,7 @@ msgstr ""
"à jour sélectionnées, ou « %s » pour abandonner."
#: ../help.pm:450
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
@@ -1113,7 +1125,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\n"
"Si vous ne savez pas quel niveau choisir, gardez la sélection par défaut.\n"
"Vous pourrez le modifier ultérieurement avec l'outil draksec, qui se trouve\n"
-"dans le Centre de Contrôle Mageia\n"
+"dans le Centre de Contrôle Mageia.\n"
"\n"
"Remplissez le champ « %s » avec l'adresse électronique de l'utilisateur qui\n"
"sera responsable de la sécurité. Les messages de sécurité lui seront\n"
@@ -1125,21 +1137,24 @@ msgid "Security Administrator"
msgstr "Administrateur sécurité"
#: ../help.pm:464
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
"installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n"
"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
-"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk drive\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk "
+"drive\n"
"partitions must be defined.\n"
"\n"
-"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can select\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can "
+"select\n"
"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
"\n"
"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n"
"\n"
-" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk drive\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk "
+"drive\n"
"\n"
" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n"
@@ -1164,7 +1179,8 @@ msgid ""
"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
"\n"
" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
-"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding "
+"of\n"
"partitioning.\n"
"\n"
" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
@@ -1172,7 +1188,8 @@ msgid ""
" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n"
"\n"
-" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this will\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this "
+"will\n"
"save your changes back to disk.\n"
"\n"
"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
@@ -1191,18 +1208,12 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"À cette étape, vous devez sélectionner quelle partition sera utilisée pour\n"
-"votre système Mageia. Si votre disque est déjà partitionné, soit "
-"par\n"
+"votre système Mageia. Si votre disque est déjà partitionné, soit par\n"
"une autre installation GNU/Linux ou par un autre outil de partitionnement,\n"
-"vous pourrez les utiliser. Sinon, les partitions devront être créées.\n"
+"vous pourrez utiliser les partitions existantes. Sinon, elles devront être "
+"créées.\n"
"\n"
"Pour créer une partition, vous devez d'abord sélectionner le disque à\n"
"utiliser. Vous pouvez le sélectionner en cliquant sur « hda » pour le\n"
@@ -1213,16 +1224,16 @@ msgstr ""
"options suivantes :\n"
"\n"
" * « %s » : cette option effacera toutes les partitions sur le disque\n"
-"sélectionné;\n"
+"sélectionné ;\n"
"\n"
-" * « %s » : cette option permet de créer un système de ficher ext3 et\n"
-"« Swap » dans l'espace libre sur votre disque;\n"
+" * « %s » : cette option permet de créer des partitions ext3 et\n"
+"« swap » dans l'espace libre sur votre disque ;\n"
"\n"
"« %s » : permet d'accéder à des fonctionnalités supplémentaires :\n"
"\n"
" * « %s » : sauvegarde la table de partition sur un disque amovible. Cette\n"
"option s'avère particulièrement pratique pour réparer des partitions\n"
-"endommagées. Il est fortement recommandé de procéder ainsi;\n"
+"endommagées. Il est fortement recommandé de procéder ainsi ;\n"
"\n"
" * « %s » : permet de restaurer une table de partition sauvegardée au\n"
"préalable sur une disquette.\n"
@@ -1231,21 +1242,23 @@ msgstr ""
"de la récupérer avec ces options. Soyez prudent et sachez que cela ne\n"
"fonctionne pas à coup sûr.\n"
"\n"
-" * « %s » : écarte les changements et charge la table de partition initiale;\n"
+" * « %s » : annule les changements et charge la table de partition "
+"initiale ;\n"
"\n"
" * « %s » : en cochant cette case, les CD-ROM et disquettes (et autres\n"
-"supports) seront chargés automatiquement.\n"
+"supports amovibles) seront chargés automatiquement.\n"
"\n"
" * « %s » : utilisez cette option si vous souhaitez utiliser un assistant\n"
"pour partitionner votre disque. Cette option est particulièrement\n"
"recommandée si vous faites vos premiers pas avec les partitions.\n"
"\n"
-" * « %s » : utilisez cette option pour annuler vos changements;\n"
+" * « %s » : utilisez cette option pour annuler vos changements ;\n"
"\n"
" * « %s » : permet des actions supplémentaires sur les partitions (type,\n"
-"options, format) et donne plus d'informations;\n"
+"options, format) et donne plus d'informationssur le disque ;\n"
"\n"
-" * « %s » : une fois le partitionnement terminé, ce bouton vous permettra de\n"
+" * « %s » : une fois le partitionnement terminé, ce bouton vous permettra "
+"de\n"
"sauvegarder vos changements sur le disque.\n"
"\n"
"Lorsque vous définissez la taille d'une partition, vous pouvez choisir\n"
@@ -1253,25 +1266,21 @@ msgstr ""
"clavier.\n"
"\n"
"Note : vous pouvez atteindre toutes les options en utilisant le clavier.\n"
-"Naviguer avec les flèches et [Tab].\n"
+"Naviguer avec les flèches [haut/bas] et [Tab].\n"
"\n"
"Une fois la partition sélectionnée, vous pouvez utiliser :\n"
"\n"
" * Ctrl-c pour créer un nouvelle partition (lorsqu'une partition vide est\n"
-"sélectionnée;\n"
+"sélectionnée ;\n"
"\n"
-" * Ctrl-d pour effacer une partition;\n"
+" * Ctrl-d pour effacer une partition ;\n"
"\n"
-" * Ctrl-m pour définir le « mount point »\n"
+" * Ctrl-m pour définir le « point de montage »\n"
"\n"
-"Pour obtenir plus d'information sur les systèmes de fichiers, veuillez lire\n"
-"sur le système de fichier ext2FS dans « Manuel de Référence ».\n"
-"\n"
-"Si vous installez sur un poste PPC, vous devrez créer une petite partition\n"
-"HFS « bootstrap » d'au moins 1 Mo qui sera utilisée par le chargeur de\n"
-"démarrage (« bootloader ») yaboot. Si vous optez pour une partition plus\n"
-"grande, disons 50Mo, vous trouverez utile d'y placer des noyaux et des\n"
-"images « ramdisk » accessibles en cas de problème."
+"Pour obtenir plus d'informations sur les systèmes de fichiers, veuillez "
+"lire\n"
+"le chapitre sur le système de fichier ext2FS dans le « Manuel de\n"
+"Référence ».\n"
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
@@ -1311,22 +1320,26 @@ msgstr "Basculer entre les modes expert et normal"
# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
#: ../help.pm:536
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
-"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk drive.\n"
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk "
+"drive.\n"
"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
"Mageia operating system.\n"
"\n"
"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
"\"Capacity\".\n"
"\n"
-"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive "
+"number\",\n"
"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
"\n"
-"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n"
+"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk "
+"drive and\n"
"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n"
"\n"
-"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With "
+"IDE\n"
"hard disk drives:\n"
"\n"
" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
@@ -1337,43 +1350,47 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
"\n"
-"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" "
+"means\n"
"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
"\n"
-"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the "
+"first\n"
"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
msgstr ""
"Plus d'une partition Windows a été détectée sur votre disque dur. Veuillez\n"
-"choisir celle que vous choisissez pour votre nouvelle installation de\n"
-"Mageia.\n"
+"choisir celle que vous voulez redimensionner pour votre nouvelle "
+"installation\n"
+"de Mageia.\n"
"\n"
-"Chaque partition est identifiée comme suit : « Nom Linux », « Nom Windows »,\n"
+"Chaque partition est identifiée comme suit : « Nom Linux », « Nom "
+"Windows »,\n"
"« Capacité ».\n"
"\n"
-"Le « Nom » est structuré ainsi : « type de disque dur », « numéro du disque\n"
-"dur », « numéro de partition ». Par exemple, « hda1 ».\n"
+"Le « Nom Linux » est structuré ainsi : « type de disque dur », « numéro du\n"
+"disque dur », « numéro de partition ». Par exemple, « hda1 ».\n"
"\n"
"Le « Type de disque dur » correspond à « hd » si votre disque est IDE. Pour "
"un\n"
-"disque SCSI, vous lirez « sd ».\n"
+"disque SCSI, vous aurez « sd ».\n"
"\n"
-"Le numéro du disque est toujours listé après le « hd » ou « fd ». Pour les\n"
+"Le numéro du disque est toujours listé après le « hd » ou « sd ». Pour les\n"
"disques IDE :\n"
"\n"
-" * « a » signifie « disque primaire maître sur le premier contrôleur IDE »;\n"
+" * « a » signifie « disque maître sur le premier contrôleur IDE »;\n"
"\n"
-" * « b » signifie « disque primaire esclave sur le premier contrôleur\n"
+" * « b » signifie « disque esclave sur le premier contrôleur\n"
"IDE »;\n"
"\n"
-" * « c » indique « disque primaire maître sur le second contrôleur IDE »;\n"
+" * « c » indique « disque maître sur le second contrôleur IDE »;\n"
"\n"
-" * « d » signifie « disque primaire esclave sur le second contrôleur IDE »;\n"
+" * « d » signifie « disque esclave sur le second contrôleur IDE »;\n"
"\n"
-"Avec les disques SCSI, le « a » indique le plus petit SCSI ID, et ainsi de\n"
+"Avec les disques SCSI, le « a » indique le plus petit ID SCSI, et ainsi de\n"
"suite.\n"
"\n"
-"« Nom Windows » c'est la lettre assignée à votre disque, (le premier\n"
-"disque ou partition « C: »)"
+"Le « Nom Windows » est la lettre assignée à votre disque sous\n"
+"Windows (le premier disque ou partition est appelé « C: »)."
#: ../help.pm:567
#, c-format
@@ -1391,7 +1408,7 @@ msgstr ""
# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
#: ../help.pm:572
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
"found on your machine.\n"
@@ -1402,7 +1419,8 @@ msgid ""
" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
-"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to "
+"change\n"
"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n"
"\n"
" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
@@ -1434,8 +1452,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sont accessibles.\n"
"\n"
"La mise à jour devrait fonctionner correctement pour les systèmes\n"
-"Mageia à partir de la version « 8.1 ». Essayer de lancer une mise à\n"
-"jour sur les versions antérieures à « 8.1 » n'est pas recommandé."
+"Mageia à partir de la version « 2 »."
#: ../help.pm:594
#, c-format
@@ -1478,7 +1495,7 @@ msgstr ""
# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
#: ../help.pm:612
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
"\n"
@@ -1531,24 +1548,24 @@ msgstr ""
"choisissant des langues supplémentaires, le programme vous installera toute\n"
"la documentation et les applications nécessaires à l'utilisation de ces\n"
"langues. Par exemple, si vous prévoyez d'accueillir des utilisateurs\n"
-"d'Espagne sur votre machine, choisissez le français comme langue principale\n"
+"espagnols sur votre machine, choisissez le français comme langue principale\n"
"dans l'arborescence, et « %s », dans la section avancée.\n"
"\n"
"À propos de l'encodage UTF-8 (unicode) : Unicode est un nouveau système\n"
-"d'encodage des caractères censé couvrir tous les langues existantes.\n"
+"d'encodage des caractères censé couvrir toutes les langues existantes.\n"
"Cependant son intégration dans GNU/Linux est encore imparfaite. Pour cette\n"
"raison, Mageia l'utilisera ou non selon les critères suivants :\n"
"\n"
" * Si vous choisissez une langue avec un encodage ayant une longue histoire\n"
"(langues associées à « latin1 », Russe, Japonais, Chinois, Coréen, Thaï,\n"
"Grec, Turc, et la plupart des langues « iso-8859-2 »), l'encodage\n"
-"historique sera utilisé;\n"
+"historique sera utilisé ;\n"
"\n"
-" * Les autres langues entraîneront l'utilisation d'unicode par défaut;\n"
+" * Les autres langues entraîneront l'utilisation d'unicode par défaut ;\n"
"\n"
" * Si vous demandez l'installation de plus d'une langue, et que ces langues\n"
"n'utilisent pas le même encodage, alors unicode sera utilisé pour tout le\n"
-"système;\n"
+"système ;\n"
"\n"
" * Enfin, unicode peut aussi être utilisé quelque soit votre configuration\n"
"des langues à utiliser, en sélectionnant l'option « %s ».\n"
@@ -1561,7 +1578,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Pour passer d'une langue à l'autre, vous pouvez lancer l'utilitaire\n"
"« /usr/sbin/localedrake » en tant que « root » pour changer la langue\n"
"utilisée dans tout le système ; connectez-vous en simple utilisateur pour\n"
-"ne changer que la langue de cet utilisateur."
+"changer la langue uniquement pour cet utilisateur."
#: ../help.pm:650
#, c-format
@@ -1703,7 +1720,7 @@ msgstr ""
# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
#: ../help.pm:745
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
"operating systems may offer you one, but Mageia offers two. Each of\n"
@@ -1730,37 +1747,36 @@ msgid ""
"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mageia\n"
"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
msgstr ""
-"Maintenant, il faut choisir un système d'impression pour votre ordinateur. "
-"D'autres\n"
-"systèmes d'exploitation en offrent un, mais Mageia en propose deux. "
-"Chaque système\n"
-"d'impression convient le mieux à un type différent de configuration.\n"
+"Maintenant, il faut choisir un système d'impression pour votre ordinateur.\n"
+"D'autres systèmes d'exploitation en offrent un, mais Mageia en propose\n"
+"deux. Chaque système d'impression convient mieux à un type différent\n"
+"de configuration.\n"
"\n"
" * « %s » - qui veut dire « print, do not queue », (ou, impression sans\n"
"passer par la file d'attente) est un bon choix si votre imprimante est\n"
"branchée directement sur votre poste, que vous voulez pouvoir arrêter\n"
"l'impression directement en cas de problème et que vous n'avez pas\n"
-"d'imprimante réseau. « %s » prendra en charge des configurations simples en "
-"réseau, mais\n"
-"les performances sont plutôt mauvaises dans ces cas. Choisissez «pdq» si "
-"vous\n"
-"débutez sous GNU/Linux.\n"
+"d'imprimante réseau. « %s » prendra en charge des configurations simples\n"
+"en réseau, mais les performances sont plutôt mauvaises dans ces cas.\n"
+"Choisissez « pdq » si vous débutez sous GNU/Linux.\n"
"\n"
" * « %s » - « Common Unix Printing System », est fabuleux autant pour une\n"
"imprimante locale que pour imprimer à l'autre bout du monde. C'est simple\n"
-"et il peut agir comme un serveur ou un client avec l'ancien système "
-"d'impression « lpd », de ce fait il est compatible avec les anciens\n"
-" systèmes d'exploitations qui nécessitent encore un service d'impression. Il "
-"s'agit d'un outil très puissant et les\n"
-"configurations de base sont aussi simples que « pdq ». Pour émuler un serveur "
-"« lpd », lancez le démon (« daemon ») « cups-lpq ». « %s » qui offre une "
-"interface graphique simple pour imprimer sur et administrer les "
-"imprimantes.\n"
-"\n"
-"Si vous choisissez votre système d'impression maintenant et que par la suite "
-"vous n'en êtes pas content, vous pourrez le changer\n"
-"ultérieurement en lançant PrinterDrake depuis le Centre de contrôle\n"
-"Mageia en cliquant sur le bouton « %s »."
+"à configurer et il peut agir comme un serveur ou un client avec l'ancien\n"
+"système d'impression « lpd ». De ce fait il est compatible avec les anciens\n"
+" systèmes d'exploitations qui nécessitent encore un service d'impression. "
+"Il\n"
+"s'agit d'un outil très puissant et les configurations de base sont aussi "
+"simples\n"
+"que « pdq ». Pour émuler un serveur « lpd », lancez le démon (« daemon »)\n"
+"« cups-lpq ». « %s » offre une interface graphique simple pour imprimer,\n"
+"choisir les options d'impression et administrer les imprimantes.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si vous choisissez votre système d'impression maintenant et que par la "
+"suite\n"
+"vous n'en êtes pas content, vous pourrez le changer ultérieurement en\n"
+"lançant PrinterDrake depuis le Centre de contrôle Mageia en cliquant sur le\n"
+"bouton « %s »."
#: ../help.pm:768
#, c-format
@@ -1832,7 +1848,7 @@ msgstr ""
# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
#: ../help.pm:794
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
@@ -1908,7 +1924,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ne se trouve pas dans la première liste, cliquez sur « %s » pour avoir la\n"
"liste complète.\n"
"\n"
-" * « %s » : DrakX, par défaut, configure le fuseau horaire selon le pays\n"
+" * « %s » : par défaut, DrakX configure le fuseau horaire selon le pays\n"
"dans lequel vous vous trouvez. Cliquez sur le bouton « %s » si ce n'est pas\n"
"le bon.\n"
"\n"
@@ -1925,8 +1941,8 @@ msgstr ""
"détectée, cliquez sur « %s » pour la configurer à la main.\n"
"\n"
" * « %s » : si une carte RNIS (ISDN) est détectée, elle apparaîtra ici.\n"
-"Vous pouvez cliquer sur le bouton « %s » pour en modifier les paramètres si\n"
-"vous estimez que la configuration actuelle est inexacte.\n"
+"Vous pouvez cliquer sur le bouton « %s » pour en modifier les paramètres\n"
+"si vous estimez que la configuration actuelle est inexacte.\n"
"\n"
" * « %s » : par défaut, DrakX configure votre interface graphique avec une\n"
"résolution de « 800x600 » ou « 1024x768 ». Si cela ne vous convient pas,\n"
@@ -1935,12 +1951,11 @@ msgstr ""
"\n"
" * « %s » : si vous souhaitez configurer votre accès Internet ou réseau\n"
"local dès maintenant. Lisez la documentation fournie ou exécutez\n"
-"le Centre de Contrôle Mageia après l'installation pour avoir droit à "
-"une\n"
+"le Centre de Contrôle Mageia après l'installation pour avoir droit à une\n"
"aide complète en ligne.\n"
"\n"
" * « %s » : permet de configurer les adresses proxy HTTP et FTP si la\n"
-"machine que vous installez se trouve derrière un serveur proxy.\n"
+"machine que vous installez se trouve derrière un serveur mandataire.\n"
"\n"
" * « %s » : il vous est ici proposé de redéfinir votre niveau de sécurité\n"
"tel que défini dans une étape précédente ().\n"
@@ -1977,15 +1992,15 @@ msgstr "Interface graphique"
# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
#: ../help.pm:861
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
"Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
"and will not be recoverable!"
msgstr ""
-"Choisissez le disque dur à effacer pour installer votre partition\n"
-"GNU/Linux. Soyez prudent, toute l'information stockée sur le disque sera\n"
-"détruite."
+"Choisissez le disque dur à effacer pour installer votre nouvelle partition\n"
+"Mageia. Soyez prudent, toute les informations stockées sur le disque\n"
+"seront détruites."
# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
@@ -1993,8 +2008,10 @@ msgstr ""
#, c-format
msgid ""
"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
-"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
-"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, including\n"
+"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be "
+"able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, "
+"including\n"
"any Windows data.\n"
"\n"
"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/fur.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/fur.po
index 189a0a0a5..0eccb3dde 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/fur.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/fur.po
@@ -673,12 +673,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
#: ../help.pm:526
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/ga.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/ga.po
index 5ec9220eb..668cfaf7e 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/ga.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/ga.po
@@ -670,12 +670,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
#: ../help.pm:526
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/gl.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/gl.po
index 79df1441a..5d3c66267 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/gl.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/gl.po
@@ -1100,12 +1100,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"Neste punto cómpre que escolla que partición(s) se van usar para a\n"
"instalación do seu sistema Mageia. Se as particións xa se\n"
@@ -1174,13 +1168,6 @@ msgstr ""
"\n"
"Para obter información sobre os diferentes tipos de sistemas de ficheiros\n"
"dispoñibles, lea o capítulo sobre ext2FS do ``Manual de Referencia''.\n"
-"\n"
-"Se está instalando nunha máquina PPC, quererá crear unha pequena\n"
-"partición HFS para ``bootstrap'' de como mínimo 1MB a cal vai ser usada\n"
-"polo cargador de arrinque yaboot. Se opta por facer a partición un pouco\n"
-"máis grande, digamos de 50MB, podería darse conta de que é un sitio útil\n"
-"para almacenar un kernel de reserva e imaxes ramdisk para situacións de\n"
-"arrinques de emerxencia."
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/he.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/he.po
index 71becdebf..3bb587b16 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/he.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/he.po
@@ -1087,12 +1087,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"בשלב זה, עליך לבחור היכן תותקן מערכת מנדריבה לינוקס בכונן הקשיח\n"
"שלך. אם כבר הוגדרו מחיצותמתאימות, בין אם על ידי התקנה קודמת\n"
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/hi.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/hi.po
index a11b07d41..49e45377a 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/hi.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/hi.po
@@ -959,12 +959,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
#: ../help.pm:526
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/hr.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/hr.po
index 3af796f2c..79365c221 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/hr.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/hr.po
@@ -1066,12 +1066,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"U ovoj točki instalacije, trebate izabrati koje partiticije ćete koristiti "
"za\n"
@@ -1135,12 +1129,6 @@ msgstr ""
"\n"
"Za informacije o raznim dostupnim datotečnim sustavima, pročitajte ext2fs\n"
"poglavlje u ``Reference Manual''\n"
-"\n"
-"Ukoliko instalirate na PPC računalo, željet ćete napraviti malu HFS\n"
-"'bootstrap' particiju od najmanje 1MB koju će koristiti\n"
-"yaboot bootloader. Ukoliko se odlučite za pravljenje malo veće \n"
-"particije, recimo 50MB, možete ju pronaći korisnom za stavljanje\n"
-"dodatnog kernela i ramdisk slike u slučaju nužde."
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/hu.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/hu.po
index 5cb60a73e..fa9cb7a3d 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/hu.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/hu.po
@@ -1113,12 +1113,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"Ebben a lépésben kell kiválasztani a Mageia rendszer telepítéséhez\n"
"használni kívánt partíciókat. Ha a kívánt partíciók már létre lettek hozva\n"
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/id.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/id.po
index e098a39ba..3b764e3fc 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/id.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/id.po
@@ -1157,12 +1157,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"Saat ini, Anda harus memilih partisi yang akan digunakan untuk installasi\n"
"sistem Mageia Anda. Jika partisi telah didefinisikan, baik dari\n"
@@ -1228,11 +1222,6 @@ msgstr ""
"\n"
"Untuk mendapatkan informasi tentang jenis sistem file yang ada, \n"
"silahkan membaca bab ext2FS dari ``Referensi Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"Jika Anda menginstall pada komputer PPC, Anda harus membuat partisi\n"
-"``bootstrap'' HFS kecil paling tidak 1 MB yang akan digunakan oleh\n"
-"bootloader yaboot. Jika Anda membuatnya lebih besar, misalkan 50MB\n"
-"Anda bisa menyimpan kernel dan citra ramdisk untuk situasi darurat."
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/is.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/is.po
index 9555ff79e..4a03a68d4 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/is.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/is.po
@@ -1100,12 +1100,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"Hér þarft þú að ákveða hvaða disksneið þú vilt nota fyrir Mageia\n"
"stýrikerfið. Ef disksneiðar hafa þegar verið skilgreindar, annað hvort\n"
@@ -1171,12 +1165,6 @@ msgstr ""
"\n"
"Til að fá upplýsingar um mismunandi skráakerfi, vinsamlega lestu\n"
"kaflann um ext2FS í ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"Ef þú ert að setja upp á PPC tölvu, þá ættir þú að búa til litla HFS\n"
-"``ræsi-disksneið'' sem er að minnsta kosti 1M. Þessi disksneið\n"
-"verður notuð af yaboot ræsistjóranum. Ef þú gerir disksneiðina\n"
-"svolítið stærri t.d. 50MB þá er það góður staður til að geyma auka\n"
-"kjarna og ræsidisk-ímyndir fyrir óvæntar uppákomur."
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/it.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/it.po
index bd1863de0..85a74763c 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/it.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/it.po
@@ -1170,12 +1170,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"A questo punto, dovete decidere quali partizioni devono essere usate per\n"
"l'installazione del vostro sistema Mageia. Se sono già state\n"
@@ -1249,13 +1243,6 @@ msgstr ""
"\n"
"Per ulteriori informazioni in merito ai diversi tipi di filesystem\n"
"disponibili, consultate il capitolo ext2FS del ''Manuale di riferimento''.\n"
-"\n"
-"Se state effettuando l'installazione su una macchina PPC, sarà meglio\n"
-"creare una piccola partizione HFS di ''bootstrap'' di almeno 1 MB, che\n"
-"verrà utilizzata dal bootloader yaboot. Se decidete di creare una\n"
-"partizione più grande, diciamo sui 50 MB, essa potrebbe rappresentare un\n"
-"utile deposito in cui conservare un kernel di riserva e immagini di avvio\n"
-"da utilizzare in caso di emergenza."
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/ja.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/ja.po
index 49ce74933..c5156f17e 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/ja.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/ja.po
@@ -1051,12 +1051,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"ここでは Mageia をインストールするパーティションを選びます。\n"
"以前にインストールした GNU/Linux システムが残っていたり、別のツールを\n"
@@ -1122,11 +1116,6 @@ msgstr ""
"\n"
"使用可能な他のファイルシステムについては、Reference Manual の\n"
"'ext2FS' の章をお読みください。\n"
-"\n"
-"PPC マシンにインストールする場合は最低 1 MB の HFS bootstrap \n"
-"パーティションを作成してください。yaboot ブートローダが使用します。\n"
-"このパーティションをもう少し大きくしておくと (例えば 50 MB くらい)、\n"
-"スペアカーネルや緊急ブート用の ramdisk イメージを保存するのに利用できます。"
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/ko.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/ko.po
index 6c22306f9..66d2d6fa6 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/ko.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/ko.po
@@ -907,12 +907,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"이제 어느 파티션이 맨드리바 리눅스의 설치용으로 사용되어야 할지를\n"
"선택해야 합니다. 이전에 다른 GNU/리눅스를 설치한 적이 있거나, 다른 파티션\n"
@@ -965,13 +959,6 @@ msgstr ""
" ○ 「Ctrl + d」: 파티션 삭제하기.\n"
"\n"
" ○ 「Ctrl + m」: 마운트 위치 지정하기.\n"
-"\n"
-"만약 PPC 컴퓨터에서 설치하고 있는 중이라면, YABOOT 부트로더가 사용할 최소 "
-"1MB\n"
-"의 HFS 「부트스트랩」파티션을 만들 필요가 있습니다. 만약 그 파티션을 보다 크"
-"게\n"
-"(가령, 50MB) 만들면, 응급 상황시에 사용할 여분의 커널과 램디스크 이미지를\n"
-"저장할 수 있는 유용한 장소가 될 것입니다."
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/ky.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/ky.po
index f41fd4517..4095d7fc7 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/ky.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/ky.po
@@ -1092,12 +1092,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
#: ../help.pm:526
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/lt.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/lt.po
index 0753b4658..a0eb3d4d1 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/lt.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/lt.po
@@ -815,12 +815,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"Dabar tu turi pasirinkti, kuriuos skirsnius naudoti tavo naujai Mandriva "
"Linux \n"
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/ltg.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/ltg.po
index 3ce74efdf..e22bf2b82 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/ltg.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/ltg.po
@@ -819,12 +819,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"Pašlaik jums ir jāizvēlas, kurā(s) diska sadaļā(s) instalēt Mageia\n"
"operētājsistēmu. Ja sadaļas jau ir izveidotas (agrākas GNU/Linux "
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/lv.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/lv.po
index ec450f37b..d72c6c95b 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/lv.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/lv.po
@@ -818,12 +818,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"Pašlaik jums ir jāizvēlas, kurā(s) diska sadaļā(s) instalēt Mageia\n"
"operētājsistēmu. Ja sadaļas jau ir izveidotas (agrākas GNU/Linux "
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/mk.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/mk.po
index 1d31fdd61..64497c096 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/mk.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/mk.po
@@ -1158,12 +1158,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"Во овој момент треба да изберете која партициja или партиции ќе ги користите "
"за\n"
@@ -1233,15 +1227,6 @@ msgstr ""
"\n"
"За да добиете информации за различните типови на датотечни системи,\n"
"прочитајте го одделот за „ext2FS“ од „Упатство за употреба“.\n"
-"\n"
-"Ако инсталирате на „PPC“ машина, ќе сакате да создадете мала „HFS "
-"bootstrap“\n"
-"партиција од барем 1МБ, која ќе се користи од подигнувачот „yaboot“. Ако "
-"сакате\n"
-"да ја направите партицијата малку поголема, на пример 50МБ, тоа може да "
-"биде\n"
-"корисно како место за чување резервен кернел и „ramdisk“ слики за итни "
-"случаи."
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/mn.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/mn.po
index 107978083..aadaf6068 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/mn.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/mn.po
@@ -716,12 +716,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
#: ../help.pm:526
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/ms.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/ms.po
index 88b8a0048..f54fbca60 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/ms.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/ms.po
@@ -723,12 +723,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"on dan on\n"
" on\n"
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/mt.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/mt.po
index 03e248f33..bd80fa04f 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/mt.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/mt.po
@@ -1079,12 +1079,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"F'dan il-punt trid tagħżel liema partizzjoni(jiet) se jintużaw għall-\n"
"installazzjoni tas-sistema Mageia. Jekk diġà ġew definiti xi\n"
@@ -1154,11 +1148,6 @@ msgstr ""
"\n"
"Biex tikseb iżjed informazzjoni dwar il-filesystems differenti disponibbli,\n"
"jekk jogħġbok aqra l-kapitlu ext2fs fil-Manwal ta' Referenza.\n"
-"\n"
-"Jekk qed tinstalla fuq kompjuter PPC, tkun trid toħloq partizzjoni żgħira\n"
-"HFS \"bootstrap\", ta' l-inqas 1MB, li tintuża mill-bootloader yaboot. Jekk\n"
-"tiddeċiedi li tagħmlu ftit ikbar, ngħidu aħna 50MB, tista' ssibu post utli\n"
-"fejn tqiegħed kernel u ramdisk \"spare\" għal emerġenzi."
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/nb.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/nb.po
index 272d8a84e..4cb16ef56 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/nb.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/nb.po
@@ -1158,12 +1158,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"På dette punktet må du velge hvilke partisjon(er) som skal brukes til å\n"
"installere ditt nye Mageia-system på. Hvis partisjoner allerede har\n"
@@ -1238,12 +1232,6 @@ msgstr ""
"\n"
"For å få informasjon om de forskjellige filsystemene som er tilgjengelige,\n"
"vennlist les ext2FS-kapittelet fra ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"Hvis du installerer på en PPC-maskin, så vil du nok lage en liten\n"
-"HFS-'bootstrap-partisjon' på minst en megabyte for bruk av\n"
-"yaboot-oppstartslasteren. Hvis du ønsker å lage partisjonen litt større,\n"
-"la oss si 50 MB, så kan du lagre en ekstra kjerne og ramdiskbilde for "
-"nødsituasjoner."
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/nl.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/nl.po
index c11ed5dca..faf6f6003 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/nl.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/nl.po
@@ -8,15 +8,17 @@
# Peter Bosch <peter.bosch@hccnet.nl>, 2002.
# Rob Teng <mandrake.tips@free.fr>, 2005.
# Remco Rijnders <remco@webconquest.com>, 2011.
+# Marja van Waes <marja@mageia.org>, 2015.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: DrakX-nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-12 12:22+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-05-01 14:15+0100\n"
-"Last-Translator: Remco Rijnders <remco@webconquest.com>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-11 16:05+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: Marja van Waes <marja@mageia.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <i18n-nl@ml.mageia.org>\n"
+"Language: nl\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
@@ -98,7 +100,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Desgewenst kunt u de voorgestelde gebruikersnaam veranderen.\n"
"De volgende stap is het invoeren van een wachtwoord. Het \n"
"wachtwoord van een (gewone) gebruiker zonder privileges is niet zo \n"
-"cruciaal als dat van de \"root\"-gebruiker vanuit veiligheidsperspectief, \n"
+"cruciaal als dat van de \"root\"-gebruiker vanuit beveiligingsperspectief, \n"
"maar dat is geen reden om het te verwaarlozen door het leeg te laten of het\n"
"te eenvoudig te maken: tenslotte staan uw bestanden op het spel.\n"
"\n"
@@ -1122,12 +1124,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"Op dit punt dient u te kiezen welke partitie(s) gebruikt zullen worden voor\n"
"de installatie van uw Mageia systeem. Indien er reeds partities\n"
@@ -1197,12 +1193,6 @@ msgstr ""
"\n"
"Voor meer informatie over de verschillende types bestandssystemen die er zijn,\n"
"leest u het hoofdstuk 'ext2FS' van de ``Referentiehandleiding''.\n"
-"\n"
-"In het geval dat u op een PPC computer aan het installeren bent, zult u een kleine\n"
-"HFS \"bootstrap\"-partitie van tenminste 1MB willen creëren voor gebruik\n"
-"door de yaboot-opstartlader. Indien u liever de partitie wat groter maakt,\n"
-"zeg 50MB, dan vindt u het misschien een nuttige plek om een reserve kernel-\n"
-"en ramdisk beeldbestand in op te slaan voor opstart-noodgevallen."
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/nn.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/nn.po
index fcef7438d..c5f10b9c3 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/nn.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/nn.po
@@ -1086,12 +1086,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"No må du velja kva partisjonar du vil installera Mageia på. Om du "
"allereie har ferdige partisjonar, frå tidlegare installasjonar av GNU/Linux "
@@ -1153,11 +1147,6 @@ msgstr ""
"\n"
"Du kan lesa meir om forskjellige filsystem i kapittelet «ext2FS» i "
"referansehandboka.\n"
-"\n"
-"Om du installerer på ei PPC-maskin, bør du laga ein liten HFS-"
-"oppstartslastarpartisjon på minst 1 MiB for yaboot. Vis du lagar partisjonen "
-"større, kanskje 50 MiB, kan du bruka han til å lagra ein ekstra kjerne, og "
-"eventuelt ramdisk-bilete for nødsituasjonar.r"
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/pa_IN.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/pa_IN.po
index 8e3ad9b0b..1323b9c9b 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/pa_IN.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/pa_IN.po
@@ -704,12 +704,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
#: ../help.pm:526
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/pl.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/pl.po
index cc60eee65..5d9e6fbac 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/pl.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/pl.po
@@ -1117,12 +1117,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"W tym etapie instalacji wybierasz partycje, na których będzie instalowany\n"
"Mageia. Jeśli partycje istnieją (np. pozostały po poprzedniej "
@@ -1193,15 +1187,6 @@ msgstr ""
"\n"
"Aby uzyskać informacje dotyczące różnych dostępnych rodzajów systemów\n"
"plików, należy przeczytać rozdział ext2fs podręcznika.\n"
-"\n"
-"Jeśli instalacja odbywa się na komputerze PPC, system będzie wymagał\n"
-"utworzenia małej partycji HFS \"rozruchowej\" (bootstrap) o wielkości\n"
-"co najmniej 1MB, która będzie używana przez program rozruchowy yaboot.\n"
-"Jeśli chcesz, aby ta partycja była większa, powiedzmy 50 MB, można\n"
-"ją traktować jako użyteczne miejsce np. do przechowywania zapasowego\n"
-"jądra oraz obrazów do uniknięcia skutków ewentualnych awarii "
-"uniemożliwiających\n"
-"rozruch systemu z normalnej partycji."
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/pt.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/pt.po
index e959247b8..b104bc14e 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/pt.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/pt.po
@@ -1110,12 +1110,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"Neste fase, precisa escolher que partições vão ser utilizadas para a\n"
"instalação do seu sistema Mageia. Se já foram definidas partições,\n"
@@ -1183,12 +1177,6 @@ msgstr ""
"Para obter mais informações acerca dos diferentes tipos de sistemas de\n"
"ficheiros disponíveis, por favor leia o capítulo ext2FS do ``Manual de\n"
"Referência''.\n"
-"\n"
-"Se está a instalar numa máquina PPC, irá querer criar umas pequena partição\n"
-"de arranque HFS com pelo menos 1MB, que será usada pelo carregador de\n"
-"arranque yaboot. Se optar por criar uma partição maior, tipo 50MB, pode-lhe\n"
-"ser útil para gravar um kernel e a uma imagem ramdisk para situações de\n"
-"de emergência."
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/pt_BR.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/pt_BR.po
index 9963f2803..56835bdc0 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/pt_BR.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/pt_BR.po
@@ -1150,12 +1150,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"Agora você precisa escolher qual(is) partição(ões) serão usadas para "
"instalar o\n"
@@ -1227,12 +1221,6 @@ msgstr ""
"Para mais informações sobre os diferentes tipos de sistemas de arquivos \n"
"disponíveis, por favor, leia o capítulo sobre ext2FS do \"Manual de "
"Referência\".\n"
-"\n"
-"Se você está instalando em uma Máquina PPC, você vai precisar criar uma\n"
-"pequena partição \"bootstrap\" HFS de no mínimo 1MB para usar com o \n"
-"gerenciador de boot yaboot. Se você quiser criar uma partição um\n"
-"pouco maior, digamos 50MB, você pode usar o espaço para guardar\n"
-"um kernel extra e uma imagem ramdisk para situações de emergência."
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/ro.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/ro.po
index 921154f51..4fce800c5 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/ro.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/ro.po
@@ -677,12 +677,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
#: ../help.pm:526
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/ru.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/ru.po
index 43aad5f5f..98528eefd 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/ru.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/ru.po
@@ -10,18 +10,18 @@ msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: DrakX\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-12 12:22+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-20 18:19+0300\n"
-"Last-Translator: Pavel Maryanov <acid_jack@ukr.net>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-03-31 22:15-0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: AlexL <loginov.alex.valer@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <doc@lafox.net>\n"
+"Language: ru\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%"
-"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
#: ../help.pm:14
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
"covers the entire Mageia distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
@@ -38,8 +38,7 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
-"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
-"authorized\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be authorized\n"
"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
@@ -113,12 +112,12 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../help.pm:54
#, c-format
msgid "User name"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Имя пользователя"
#: ../help.pm:54
#, c-format
msgid "Accept user"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Принять пользователя"
#: ../help.pm:54
#, c-format
@@ -194,7 +193,7 @@ msgstr ""
# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
#: ../help.pm:88
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"The Mageia installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
@@ -204,14 +203,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Инсталляция Mageia размещена на нескольких CD-ROMах. Если выбранный\n"
"пакет находится на другом CD-ROM, DrakX будет отдавать текущий CD и просить\n"
-"вас вставить другой по мере надобности. Если у вас нет требуемого CD под "
-"руками,\n"
+"вас вставить другой по мере надобности. Если у вас нет требуемого CD под руками,\n"
"просто нажмите \"%s\", тогда соответствующие пакеты не будут устанавливаться."
# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
#: ../help.pm:95
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
"There are thousands of packages available for Mageia, and to make it\n"
@@ -272,9 +270,8 @@ msgstr ""
"вашу систему. С Mageia поставляются тысячи пакетов и, для упрощения\n"
"выбора, они разбиты на группы.\n"
"\n"
-"Пакеты сортированы по группам, которые соответствуют специфике\n"
-"использования вашей машины. В Mageia пакеты сортируются по четырем\n"
-"категориям. Вы можете смешивать и сочетать приложения из различных\n"
+"В Mageia пакеты сортируются по четырем категориям.\n"
+"Вы можете смешивать и сочетать приложения из различных\n"
"категорий, например, вариант установки ``Рабочая станция'' может иметь\n"
"приложения из категории ``Разработка''.\n"
"\n"
@@ -283,7 +280,12 @@ msgstr ""
"рабочей станции.\n"
"\n"
" * \"%s\": если вы собираетесь заняться программированием, выберите\n"
-"соответствующие группы из этой категории.\n"
+"соответствующие группы из этой категории. Специальная группа\n"
+"\"LSB\" настроит систему таким образом, что она будет содержать наиболее полную\n"
+"спецификацию Стандартной базы Linux.\n"
+" Выбор \"LSB\" группы обеспечит 100%%-LSB совместимость\n"
+"системы. Однако, если вы не выберете группу \"LSB\", вы всё ещё\n"
+"будете иметь систему, которая почти на 100%% LSB-совместима.\n"
"\n"
" * \"%s\": если ваша машина будет работать сервером, выберите какие из\n"
"часто используемых служб вы желаете установить на нее.\n"
@@ -295,7 +297,7 @@ msgstr ""
"При наведении курсора мыши на имя группы будет показываться короткое\n"
"пояснение к данной группе.\n"
"\n"
-"ы можете отметить пункт \"%s\", который очень полезен, если вы хорошо\n"
+"Вы можете отметить пункт \"%s\", который очень полезен, если вы хорошо\n"
"знаете предлагаемые пакеты, или если вы хотите иметь полный контроль над\n"
"тем, что будет устанавливаться.\n"
"\n"
@@ -317,7 +319,8 @@ msgstr ""
"Linux системы. В это варианте вы сможете работать только в режиме командной\n"
"строки. Общий размер этой установки занимает 65 мегабайт."
-#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#: ../help.pm:591
#, c-format
msgid "Upgrade"
msgstr "Обновление"
@@ -335,7 +338,7 @@ msgstr "Самая минимальная установка"
# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
#: ../help.pm:152
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
@@ -352,8 +355,7 @@ msgid ""
"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
"security holes were discovered after this version of Mageia was\n"
-"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
-"or\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do or\n"
"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
"\n"
@@ -424,8 +426,7 @@ msgid ""
"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
"\n"
"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
-"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
-"need.\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not need.\n"
"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
msgstr ""
@@ -480,7 +481,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../help.pm:213
#, c-format
msgid "Hardware clock set to GMT"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Аппаратные часы настроены на время по Гринвичу"
#: ../help.pm:213
#, c-format
@@ -515,7 +516,7 @@ msgstr ""
# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
#: ../help.pm:234
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
@@ -578,7 +579,9 @@ msgstr ""
"WindowMaker, и т.д..), входящие в Mageia.\n"
"\n"
"Вам будет представлен список различных параметров для получения\n"
-"оптимального графического отображения: Видеокарта\n"
+"оптимального графического отображения.\n"
+"\n"
+"Видеокарта\n"
"\n"
" Инсталлятор обычно автоматически определяет и настраивает видеокарту,\n"
"установленную в вашей машине. Если это не так, вы можете выбрать в этом\n"
@@ -696,7 +699,7 @@ msgstr ""
# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
#: ../help.pm:319
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n"
"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty or if an\n"
@@ -740,8 +743,7 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n"
-"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
-"operation\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this operation\n"
"after you confirm.\n"
"\n"
" !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
@@ -808,7 +810,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\n"
" * \"%s\": эта опция позволит просто удалить всю информацию на диске и\n"
"начать создание разделов диска на пустом месте. Вся информация на вашем\n"
-"диске будет утеряна.\n"
+"диске будет утеряна. Эта опция появляется, если жесткий диск полностьюзанят Microsoft Windows.\n"
"\n"
" !! Если вы выберете эту опцию, все данные на вашем диске будут потеряны.\n"
"!!\n"
@@ -829,7 +831,7 @@ msgstr "Использовать существующий раздел"
#: ../help.pm:370
#, c-format
msgid "Use the free space on the Microsoft Windows® partition"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Использовать свободное пространство на разделе Microsoft Windows®"
#: ../help.pm:370
#, c-format
@@ -913,22 +915,22 @@ msgstr "Создать дискету автоматической устано
#: ../help.pm:405
#, c-format
msgid "Replay"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Повторить"
#: ../help.pm:405
#, c-format
msgid "Automated"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Автоматически"
#: ../help.pm:405
#, c-format
msgid "Save packages selection"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Сохранить список пакетов"
# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
#: ../help.pm:408
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
@@ -936,8 +938,7 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
-"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
-"reformat\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to reformat\n"
"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
"\n"
"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
@@ -980,7 +981,7 @@ msgstr ""
# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
#: ../help.pm:437
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"By the time you install Mageia, it's likely that some packages will\n"
"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
@@ -1009,7 +1010,7 @@ msgstr ""
# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
#: ../help.pm:450
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
@@ -1032,9 +1033,9 @@ msgstr ""
"\n"
"Если вы не знаете что выбрать, оставьте выбор по умолчанию. Вы сможете\n"
"изменить этот уровень безопасности потом с помощью утилиты draksec из\n"
-"Mageia Control Center.\n"
+"Центра управления Mageia.\n"
"\n"
-"В поле \"%s\" системе указывается пользователь, который будет отвечать за\n"
+"В поле \"%s\" системе указывается пользователь (e-mail), который будет отвечать за\n"
"безопасность. На этот адрес будут посылаться сообщения по безопасности."
#: ../help.pm:461
@@ -1045,7 +1046,7 @@ msgstr "Администратор по безопасности"
# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
#: ../help.pm:464
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
"installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n"
@@ -1111,12 +1112,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"Здесь вам предложат выбрать, какие разделы будут использоваться для\n"
"установки вашей системы Mageia. Если разделы были уже определены\n"
@@ -1149,7 +1144,8 @@ msgstr ""
"восстановить, используя эту опцию. Пожалуйста, будьте осторожны и помните,\n"
"что это может и не получиться.\n"
"\n"
-" * \"%s\": отменяет все изменения и загружает исходную таблицу разделов.\n"
+" * \"%s\": отменяет все изменения и загружает исходную таблицу разделов,\n"
+"что была в оригинале на жесткий диск.\n"
"\n"
" * \"%s\": если не выбрать эту опцию, то пользователи будут вынуждены\n"
"вручную монтировать и размонтировать съемные носители типа дискет и\n"
@@ -1183,27 +1179,21 @@ msgstr ""
"\n"
"Чтобы получить информацию о различных доступных файловых системах,\n"
"пожалуйста почитайте главу ext2FS из книги ``Справочное руководство''.\n"
-"\n"
-"Если вы производите инсталляцию на PPC машину, вам потребуется создать\n"
-"маленький HFS ``bootstrap'' раздел, не больше 1MB, который будет\n"
-"использоваться загрузчиком yaboot. Если вы решите сделать раздел чуть\n"
-"больше, скажем 50MB, то вы найдете полезное место для хранения spare kernel\n"
-"и ramdisk образов для загрузки в аварийных ситуациях."
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
msgid "Save partition table"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Сохранить таблицу разделов"
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
msgid "Restore partition table"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Восстановить таблицу разделов"
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
msgid "Rescue partition table"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Исправить таблицу разделов"
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
@@ -1213,12 +1203,12 @@ msgstr "Автомонтирование съемных носителей"
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
msgid "Wizard"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Мастер"
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
msgid "Undo"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Вернуть"
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
@@ -1228,7 +1218,7 @@ msgstr "Переключение между нормальным/эксперт
# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
#: ../help.pm:536
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk drive.\n"
"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
@@ -1295,8 +1285,7 @@ msgstr ""
#, c-format
msgid ""
"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
-"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
-"the\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in the\n"
"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
msgstr ""
"\"%s\": проверьте текущий выбор страны Если вы находитесь не в этой стране,\n"
@@ -1307,7 +1296,7 @@ msgstr ""
# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
#: ../help.pm:572
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
"found on your machine.\n"
@@ -1394,7 +1383,7 @@ msgstr ""
# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
#: ../help.pm:612
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
"\n"
@@ -1436,6 +1425,7 @@ msgid ""
"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
"change the language settings for that particular user."
msgstr ""
+"Первый шаг - выбор вашего предпочитаемого языка.\n"
"Ваш выбор предпочитаемого языка повлияет на язык документации, сам\n"
"инсталлятор и систему в целом. Выберите сначала регион, в котором вы\n"
"находитесь, затем язык на котором вы говорите.\n"
@@ -1446,7 +1436,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Например, если у вас в системе будут работать пользователи из Испании,\n"
"выберите в дереве English как основной, и \"%s\" в дополнительном разделе.\n"
"\n"
-"О поддержке UTF-8 (unicode): Unicode это новая кодировка, которая включает\n"
+"О поддержке UTF-8 (unicode): Unicode - это новая кодировка, которая включает\n"
"в себя все существующие языки. Однако ее полная поддержка в GNU/Linux пока\n"
"находится в стадии разработки. Поэтому Mageia будет определять\n"
"использовать ее или нет в зависимости от выбора пользователя:\n"
@@ -1470,7 +1460,7 @@ msgstr ""
"шрифтов, проверку орфографии и т.д. для установленных языков.\n"
"\n"
"Для переключения между различными установленными языками в вашей системе вы\n"
-"можете запускать команду \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" с правами \"root\",\n"
+"можете запускать команду \"localedrake\" с правами \"root\",\n"
"чтобы изменить язык для всей системы. Запуск этой команды с правами\n"
"обычного пользователя позволит изменить настройки языка для данного\n"
"конкретного пользователя."
@@ -1483,7 +1473,7 @@ msgstr "Испанский"
#: ../help.pm:643
#, c-format
msgid "Use Unicode by default"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Использовать Unicode по умолчанию"
# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
@@ -1538,8 +1528,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Если, по каким-либо причинам, вы желаете указать другой тип мыши, выберите\n"
"нужную мышь из предоставленного списка.\n"
"\n"
-"Вы можете выбрать пункт \"%s\" для выбора типа мыши ``generic'', который "
-"будет\n"
+"Вы можете выбрать пункт \"%s\" для выбора типа мыши ``generic'', который будет\n"
"работать практически с любой мышью.\n"
"\n"
"Если вы выбираете другую мышь, отличную от выбранной по умолчанию, появится\n"
@@ -1596,8 +1585,7 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
-"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
-"you\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if you\n"
"know what you're doing."
msgstr ""
"LILO и GRUB -- это начальные загрузчики GNU/Linux. Этот шаг обычно\n"
@@ -1618,7 +1606,7 @@ msgstr ""
# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
#: ../help.pm:745
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
"operating systems may offer you one, but Mageia offers two. Each of\n"
@@ -1645,9 +1633,8 @@ msgid ""
"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mageia\n"
"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
msgstr ""
-"Теперь пришло время выбрать систему печати для вашего компьютера. Другие OS\n"
-"могут предложить вам одну, а Mageia предлагает две. Каждая из "
-"систем\n"
+"Теперь пришло время выбрать систему печати для вашего компьютера. Другие ОС\n"
+"могут предложить вам одну, а Mageia предлагает две. Каждая из систем\n"
"является лучшей для определенной конфигурации.\n"
"\n"
" * \"%s\" -- что означает ``печатать, не ставить в очередь'' (``print,\n"
@@ -1670,7 +1657,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\n"
"Если вы сделаете свой выбор сейчас, а позже обнаружите, что система печати\n"
"вам не подходит, вы сможете изменить ее, запустив PrinterDrake из Центра\n"
-"Управления Mageia и нажав на кнопку \"%s\"."
+"управления Mageia и нажав на кнопку \"%s\"."
#: ../help.pm:768
#, c-format
@@ -1680,7 +1667,7 @@ msgstr "pdq"
#: ../help.pm:724
#, c-format
msgid "CUPS"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "CUPS"
#: ../help.pm:724
#, c-format
@@ -1743,7 +1730,7 @@ msgstr ""
# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
#: ../help.pm:794
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
@@ -1828,11 +1815,6 @@ msgstr ""
" * \"%s\": проверьте текущую конфигурацию мыши и нажмите на кнопку, если\n"
"необходимо что-либо изменить.\n"
"\n"
-" * \"%s\": по нажатию на кнопку \"%s\" откроется мастер настройки принтера.\n"
-"Прочитайте соответствующую главу в книге ``Стартовое руководство\n"
-"пользователя'', чтобы узнать как установить новый принтер. Представленный\n"
-"там интерфейс подобен используемому в процессе установки.\n"
-"\n"
" * \"%s\": если в вашей системе найдена звуковая карта, здесь это будет\n"
"показано. Если вы увидите, что показанная звуковая карта не соответствует\n"
"тому, что у вас реально есть в системе, вы можете нажать на кнопку и\n"
@@ -1875,9 +1857,9 @@ msgstr ""
"установки."
#: ../help.pm:809
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid "TV card"
-msgstr "карта ISDN"
+msgstr "TV-карта"
#: ../help.pm:809
#, c-format
@@ -1892,7 +1874,7 @@ msgstr "Графический Интерфейс"
# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
#: ../help.pm:861
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
"Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
@@ -1933,120 +1915,3 @@ msgstr "Далее ->"
msgid "<- Previous"
msgstr "<- Назад"
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer "
-#~ "configuration\n"
-#~ "wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for "
-#~ "more\n"
-#~ "information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in "
-#~ "our\n"
-#~ "manual is similar to the one used during installation."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "\"%s\": по нажатию на кнопку \"%s\" откроется мастер настройки принтера.\n"
-#~ "Прочитайте соответствующую главу в книге ``Стартовое руководство\n"
-#~ "пользователя'', чтобы узнать как установить новый принтер. "
-#~ "Представленный\n"
-#~ "там интерфейс подобен используемому в процессе установки."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/"
-#~ "Linux\n"
-#~ "system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
-#~ "administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add "
-#~ "users,\n"
-#~ "change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" "
-#~ "can\n"
-#~ "do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult "
-#~ "to\n"
-#~ "guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As "
-#~ "you\n"
-#~ "can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
-#~ "against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
-#~ "operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
-#~ "unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
-#~ "partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
-#~ "\"root\".\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least "
-#~ "8\n"
-#~ "characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it "
-#~ "far\n"
-#~ "too easy to compromise your system.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
-#~ "you\n"
-#~ "must be able to remember it!\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce "
-#~ "the\n"
-#~ "chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. "
-#~ "If\n"
-#~ "you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use "
-#~ "this\n"
-#~ "``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
-#~ "click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain "
-#~ "authentication\n"
-#~ "services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know "
-#~ "which\n"
-#~ "one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
-#~ "computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely "
-#~ "trust\n"
-#~ "everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Это самое важное решение в деле безопасности вашей системы GNU/Linux: вы\n"
-#~ "должны ввести пароль \"root\". \"Root\" является администратором системы, "
-#~ "и\n"
-#~ "только он имеет право производить обновления, добавлять пользователей,\n"
-#~ "изменять конфигурацию системы и так далее. Короче говоря, \"root\" может\n"
-#~ "все! Вот поэтому вы должны придумать пароль, который трудно подобрать -\n"
-#~ "DrakX сообщит вам, если пароль слишком прост. Как вы видите, можно "
-#~ "вообще\n"
-#~ "не вводить пароль, но мы серьезно советуем вам этого не делать по одной\n"
-#~ "простой причине: не думайте, что если вы загрузили GNU/Linux, то ваши\n"
-#~ "остальные операционные системы защищены от ошибок. Так как \"root\" "
-#~ "может\n"
-#~ "переступить все ограничения и непреднамеренно стереть все данные на\n"
-#~ "разделах диска, обращаясь небрежно с разделами, то очень важно, чтобы "
-#~ "стать\n"
-#~ "\"root\" было трудно.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Пароль должен быть сочетанием цифровых и буквенных символов и иметь "
-#~ "длину\n"
-#~ "не менее 8 символов. Никогда не записывайте пароль \"root\" - это делает\n"
-#~ "очень легкой возможность скомпрометировать систему.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Одно предостережение -- не делайте пароль слишком длинным или слишком\n"
-#~ "сложным, потому что вы должны его без особых усилий запомнить!\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Пароль не будет отображаться на экране так же, как вы его вводите. Кроме\n"
-#~ "того, вам прийдется повторить ввод пароля, чтобы предупредить "
-#~ "возможность\n"
-#~ "опечатки. Если случится так, что вы опечатались дважды, тогда этот\n"
-#~ "``неверный'' пароль прийдется использовать при первой загрузке.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Если вы желаете, чтобы доступ к этому компьютеру контролировался "
-#~ "сервером\n"
-#~ "аутентификации, нажмите на кнопку \"%s\".\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Если ваша сеть использует службы аутентификации LDAP, NIS или PDC "
-#~ "Windows\n"
-#~ "Domain выберите соответствующий тип \"%s\". Если не знаете что выбрать,\n"
-#~ "спросите своего администратора сети.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Если у вас возникли проблемы с запоминанием паролей, вы можете выбрать\n"
-#~ "опцию \"%s\", если ваш компьютер не будет подключаться к Интернет и если "
-#~ "вы\n"
-#~ "доверяете всем доступ к своей машине."
-
-#~ msgid "authentication"
-#~ msgstr "аутентификация"
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/sc.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/sc.po
index 45efd0569..85f4bf130 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/sc.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/sc.po
@@ -673,12 +673,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
#: ../help.pm:526
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/sk.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/sk.po
index ec2d0c9ce..2d245d2c0 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/sk.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/sk.po
@@ -1135,12 +1135,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"Na tomto mieste je potrebné aby ste si vybrali oblasti, ktoré budú použité\n"
"na inštaláciu Mageiau. Ak už boli oddiely definované,\n"
@@ -1217,13 +1211,6 @@ msgstr ""
"Pre získanie informácií o iných súborových systémoch, ktoré sú dostupné, "
"prečítajte\n"
"si ext2FS kapitolu z ``Referenčnej príručky''.\n"
-"\n"
-"Ak prevádzate inštaláciu na PPC hardvéri, budete zrejme chcieť vytvoriť malý "
-"HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' oddiel veľký aspoň 1MB, ktorý bude môcť používať yaboot\n"
-"zavádzač. Ak sa rozhodnete vytvoriť tento oddiel väčší, povedzme 50MB, môže\n"
-"to byť vhodné miesto pre uloženie jadra a obrazov ramdisku pre výnimočné\n"
-"situácie, ktoré môžu nastať."
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/sl.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/sl.po
index 7398b7329..2e7c1a47a 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/sl.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/sl.po
@@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ msgstr ""
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-10-03 17:02+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Jure Repinc <jlp@holodeck1.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Slovenian <lugos-slo@lugos.si>\n"
+"Language: sl\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
@@ -23,7 +24,7 @@ msgstr ""
"n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n"
#: ../help.pm:14
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
"covers the entire Mageia distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
@@ -198,7 +199,7 @@ msgstr ""
"»drugi najnižji SCSI ID« itd."
#: ../help.pm:88
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"The Mageia installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
@@ -206,7 +207,7 @@ msgid ""
"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
"installed."
msgstr ""
-"Namestitev za Mageia je shranjena na več nosilcih.\n"
+"Namestitev za distribucijo Mageia je shranjena na več nosilcih.\n"
"Če je izbrani paket shranjen na drugem nosilcu, bo DrakX izvrgel\n"
"trenutnega in vas pozval, da v pogon vstavite pravi nosilec.\n"
"Če pravega nosilca nimate, kliknite »%s« in paketi z njega ne\n"
@@ -271,7 +272,7 @@ msgid ""
"megabytes."
msgstr ""
"Sedaj je čas za izbiro programov, ki jih želite namestiti na sistem.\n"
-"Za Mageia je dostopnih na tisoče različnih programskih paketov.\n"
+"Za distribucijo Mageia je dostopnih na tisoče različnih programskih paketov.\n"
"Da bi bilo upravljanje s paketi bolj preprosto, so razvrščeni v skupine\n"
"vsebinsko povezanih paketov.\n"
"\n"
@@ -345,7 +346,7 @@ msgid "Truly minimal install"
msgstr "Zares minimalna namestitev"
#: ../help.pm:152
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
@@ -394,7 +395,7 @@ msgstr ""
"boste morali namestitev takšnega paketa na izrecno vprašanje\n"
"potrditi. Mageia namreč kot privzeto vključi vse\n"
" nameščene storitve ob zagonu sistema. Čeprav ob izdaji\n"
-"te različice Mageiaa ni bilo znanih težav v zvezi z varnostjo,\n"
+"te različice Mageia ni bilo znanih težav v zvezi z varnostjo,\n"
"je mogoče, da so bile odkrite varnostne luknje kasneje. Če za \n"
"določeno storitev ne veste, kaj je njena naloga, kliknite »%s« S klikom\n"
"na »%s«bodo nameščene naštete storitve, sistem pa jih bo samodejno\n"
@@ -525,7 +526,7 @@ msgstr ""
"vašim potrebam."
#: ../help.pm:234
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
@@ -584,7 +585,7 @@ msgid ""
"not successful in getting the display configured."
msgstr ""
"X (okenski sistem X) je srce grafičnega vmesnika za GNU/Linux\n"
-"na katerega se zanašajo vsa v Mageia vključena grafična\n"
+"na katerega se zanašajo vsa v distribucijo Mageia vključena grafična\n"
"okolja. (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep, WindowMaker ...)\n"
"\n"
"Prikazal se vam bo seznam različnih vrednosti, ki jih lahko spreminjate,\n"
@@ -696,7 +697,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ali če vam ni uspelo nastaviti zaslona, označite »%s«."
#: ../help.pm:319
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n"
"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty or if an\n"
@@ -928,7 +929,7 @@ msgid "Save packages selection"
msgstr "Shrani izbor paketov"
#: ../help.pm:408
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
@@ -972,7 +973,7 @@ msgstr ""
"preveri poškodovane bloke."
#: ../help.pm:437
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"By the time you install Mageia, it's likely that some packages will\n"
"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
@@ -987,7 +988,7 @@ msgid ""
"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
msgstr ""
"Verjetno so bili od njegove izdaje pa do časa, ko nameščate\n"
-"Mageia na svoj računalnik, nekateri paketi popravljeni\n"
+"distribucijo Mageia na svoj računalnik, nekateri paketi popravljeni\n"
"ali nadgrajeni z varnostnimi popravki ali z odstranitvijo hroščev.\n"
"Te popravke lahko prenesete z interneta. Če imate vzpostavljeno\n"
"internetno povezavo, označite »%s«, če pa želite namestiti\n"
@@ -999,7 +1000,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Če tega ne želite, pritisnite »%s«."
#: ../help.pm:450
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
@@ -1033,7 +1034,7 @@ msgid "Security Administrator"
msgstr "Upravitelj varnostnih nastavitev"
#: ../help.pm:464
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
"installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n"
@@ -1099,12 +1100,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"Izbrati morate razdelke, na katere boste namestili sistem\n"
"Mageia. Če ste razdelke že izbrali ob kakšni predhodni\n"
@@ -1169,12 +1164,6 @@ msgstr ""
"\n"
"Vse nadaljnje informacije o datotečnih sistemih boste našli v\n"
"dokumentaciji.\n"
-"\n"
-"Če Mageia nameščate na PPC računalnik, morate ustvariti\n"
-"zagonski »bootstrap« razdelek z velikostjo najmanj 1MB, ki ga\n"
-"uporablja zagonski nalagalnik yaboot. Če ta razdelek nekoliko\n"
-"povečate in mu namenite vsaj 50MB, boste nanj lahko shranjevali\n"
-"potrebne datoteke za zasilni zagon sistema."
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
@@ -1212,7 +1201,7 @@ msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
msgstr "Preklopi med normalnim in izvedenskim načinom"
#: ../help.pm:536
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk drive.\n"
"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
@@ -1287,7 +1276,7 @@ msgstr ""
"kliknite »%s« za prikaz celotnega seznama držav."
#: ../help.pm:572
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
"found on your machine.\n"
@@ -1367,7 +1356,7 @@ msgstr ""
"preklapljanje med latiničnim in ne-latiničnim razporedom tipkovnice."
#: ../help.pm:612
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
"\n"
@@ -1584,7 +1573,7 @@ msgstr ""
"To možnost izberite samo, če zares veste, kaj delate. "
#: ../help.pm:745
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
"operating systems may offer you one, but Mageia offers two. Each of\n"
@@ -1841,7 +1830,7 @@ msgid "Graphical Interface"
msgstr "Grafična kartica"
#: ../help.pm:861
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
"Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
@@ -1849,7 +1838,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Izberite trdi disk, ki ga želite izbrisati, da bi dobili prostor za "
"razdelek\n"
-"za Mageia.\n"
+"za distribucijo Mageia.\n"
"Vsi podatki na izbranem disku bodo izbrisani in jih ne bo mogoče\n"
"obnoviti!"
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/sq.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/sq.po
index c2e891283..73ae613db 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/sq.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/sq.po
@@ -1112,12 +1112,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"Në këtë etapë ju duhet të zgjedhni se cila(t) ndarje(t) do të përdoret(n)\n"
"për sistemin tuaj Mageia. Nëse ndarja e diskut është bërë më heret,\n"
@@ -1186,13 +1180,6 @@ msgstr ""
"\n"
"Për të përfituar më shumë informacione mbi sistemet e skedareve, lexoni mbi\n"
"sistemin e skedareve ext2FS në ``Doracakun referues''.\n"
-"\n"
-"Nëse ju jeni duke instaluar një stacion PPC, ju duhet të krijoni një ndarje\n"
-"të vogël HFS ``bootstrap'' më së paku 1MB, e cila do të përdoret nga "
-"bootloader\n"
-"yaboot. Nëse dëshironi të bëni një ndarje më të madhe, p.sh 50MB, ju duhet\n"
-"të gjeni një vegël për të vendosur bërthamat dhe imazhet ramdisk hyrëse në\n"
-"rastë të ndonji problemi."
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/sr.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/sr.po
index 72917b3d8..26602b778 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/sr.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/sr.po
@@ -1151,12 +1151,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"На овој тачки, морате избрати коју партицију(e) желите да користите за\n"
"инсталацију новог Mageia система. Уколико су партиције\n"
@@ -1223,13 +1217,6 @@ msgstr ""
"Да би добили информације о различитим доступним типовима система, "
"прочитајте\n"
"ext2FS поглавље из ``Упуства''.\n"
-"\n"
-"Уколико радите инсталацију на PPC Машину, можда ћете желети да креирате "
-"малу\n"
-"HFS 'bootstrap' партицију од најмање 1MB за употребу\n"
-"yaboot стартера. Уколико се двоумите да ову партицију направите мало већом,\n"
-"на пример 50MB, можете искористити тај простор за смештање\n"
-"резервног кернела и ramdisk image за стартање у хитним ситуацијама."
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/sr@Latn.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/sr@Latn.po
index 2128132ce..e48ce9baa 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/sr@Latn.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/sr@Latn.po
@@ -1154,12 +1154,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"Na ovoj tački, morate izbrati koju particiju(e) želite da koristite za\n"
"instalaciju novog Mageia sistema. Ukoliko su particije\n"
@@ -1228,13 +1222,6 @@ msgstr ""
"Da bi dobili informacije o različitim dostupnim tipovima sistema, "
"pročitajte\n"
"ext2FS poglavlje iz ``Upustva''.\n"
-"\n"
-"Ukoliko radite instalaciju na PPC Mašinu, možda ćete želeti da kreirate "
-"malu\n"
-"HFS 'bootstrap' particiju od najmanje 1MB za upotrebu\n"
-"yaboot startera. Ukoliko se dvoumite da ovu particiju napravite malo većom,\n"
-"na primer 50MB, možete iskoristiti taj prostor za smeštanje\n"
-"rezervnog kernela i ramdisk image za startanje u hitnim situacijama."
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/sv.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/sv.po
index e65cf18a5..d1b321d2d 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/sv.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/sv.po
@@ -1107,12 +1107,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"Nu måste du välja vilka partitioner som ska användas för installationen av\n"
"Mageia-systemet. Om partitioner redan har definierats, antingen\n"
@@ -1181,11 +1175,6 @@ msgstr ""
"\n"
"För att få information om de olika typerna av filsystem, läs kapitlet\n"
"ext2FS i \"Reference Manual\".\n"
-"\n"
-"Om du installerar på en PPC-dator bör du skapa en en liten HFS-\n"
-"partition (\"bootstrap\") på åtminstone 1 MB. Den kommer att användas av\n"
-"starthanteraren Yaboot. Om du gör partitionen lite större, t ex 50 MB,\n"
-"har du ett bra ställe att lagra en reservkärna och ramdiskar för nödlägen."
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/ta.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/ta.po
index eb82cb8ff..023c0740a 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/ta.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/ta.po
@@ -941,12 +941,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"உதவி இன்னமும் மொழிபெயர்கப்படவில்லை.At this point, you need to choose which "
"partition(s) will be used for the\n"
@@ -1012,12 +1006,6 @@ msgstr ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2fs chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB, which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/tg.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/tg.po
index 7c908f32e..e463bef2b 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/tg.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/tg.po
@@ -1160,12 +1160,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"Дар ин пункт шумо бояд интихоб намоед, ки кадом бахш(ҳо) барои\n"
"коргузории системавӣ Mageia-и шумо истифода бурда мешаванд.\n"
@@ -1238,14 +1232,6 @@ msgstr ""
"\n"
"Барои гирифтани маълумот оиди намудҳои системаи файлии дастрас\n"
"марҳамат карда боби ext2FS-ро аз ``Раҳнамои Муроҷиат'' хонед.\n"
-"\n"
-"Агар шумо дар мошинаи PPC коргузориро иҷро карда бошед, ба шумо\n"
-"лозим меояд, ки бахши хурди HFS ``bootstrap''-ро офаред, ки ақалан 1Мб\n"
-"бошад ва он аз тарафи боркунандаи yaboot истифода бурда мешавад.\n"
-"Агар шумо хоҳед, ки бахшро каме калонтар кунед, масалан 50Мб шумо\n"
-"онро ҷои хеле қуллай барои захиракунии ҳастаи эҳтиётӣ ва симоҳои ramdisk "
-"ҳангоми ҳодисаи боркунии ғайричашмдошт,\n"
-"пайдо хоҳед кард."
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/th.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/th.po
index b0ea997f4..f75089b4f 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/th.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/th.po
@@ -673,12 +673,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
#: ../help.pm:526
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/tl.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/tl.po
index bc8db25e4..ec30db6ab 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/tl.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/tl.po
@@ -1173,12 +1173,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"Sa puntong ito, kailangan ninyong piliin kung aling mga partisyon ang\n"
"gagamitin para sa pag-i-install ng sistema na Mageia. Kung ang\n"
@@ -1256,14 +1250,6 @@ msgstr ""
"Para makakuha ng inpormasyon tungkol sa mga iba't-ibang uri ng \"filesystem"
"\",\n"
"pakibasa ang kabanata ng ext2FS mula sa ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"Kung kayo ay nag-i-install sa makina ng PPC, gugustuhin ninyong lumikha ng\n"
-"maliit na partisyon na HFS ``bootstrap'' na may laking hindi liliit sa 1MB "
-"na\n"
-"gagamitin ng yaboot bootloader. Kung pipiliin ninyong mas malaki ang\n"
-"partisyon, mga 50MB, makikita ninyong ito ay kapakipakinabang na lugar\n"
-"sa pag-iimbak ng mga reserbang kernel at mga \"ramdisk image\" para sa\n"
-"panahon ng mahigpit na pangangailangan."
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/tr.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/tr.po
index d8c07201d..c8aa56632 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/tr.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/tr.po
@@ -2,30 +2,30 @@
# Copyright (C) 2000,2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 2000 Mandriva
# ############################################
-#
# Ömer Fadıl USTA <omer_fad@hotmail.com> , 1999-2003.
# Tuncay YENİAY <tuncayyeniay@mynet.com>,2002.
# Nazmi Savga <nsavga@doruk.net.tr>,2001.
# Durmuş Celep <durmusc_tr@yahoo.com>,2002.
# Erçin EKER <erc.caldera@gmx.net>, 2003.
-#
# #############################################
-#
+# Atilla ÖNTAŞ <tarakbumba@gmail.com>, 2013.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: DrakX-tr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-12 12:22+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-09-15 13:35+0200\n"
-"Last-Translator: Ömer Fadıl USTA <omer_fad@hotmail.com>\n"
-"Language-Team: Turkish <tr@li.org>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-11-28 20:15+0300\n"
+"Last-Translator: Atilla ÖNTAŞ <tarakbumba@gmail.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Mageia Turkish Translation Team <i18n-tr@ml.mageia.org>\n"
+"Language: tr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#: ../help.pm:14
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
"covers the entire Mageia distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
@@ -33,13 +33,12 @@ msgid ""
"button will reboot your computer."
msgstr ""
"Devam etmeden önce lisans koşullarını dikkatle okumalısınız. Lisans tüm\n"
-"Mageia dağıtımını kapsar, bu koşullarını tamamını kabul "
-"ediyorsanız,\n"
+"Mageia dağıtımını kapsar, bu koşullarını tamamını kabul ediyorsanız,\n"
"\"%s\" kutusunu işaretleyiniz aksi halde \"%s\" tuşuna tıklayarak\n"
"makinenizi yeniden başlatabilirsiniz."
#: ../help.pm:20
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
@@ -78,49 +77,62 @@ msgid ""
"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
msgstr ""
-"GNU/Linux çok kullanıcılı bir sistemdir, yani her kullanıcının kendi\n"
-"tercihleri, kendi dosyaları, v.s. olabilir. Daha fazla bilgi edinmek için\n"
-"\"Kullanıcı Kılavuzu\"nu okuyunuz. Sistem Yöneticisi olan \"root\" dışındaki "
-"kullanıcılar kendi dosyaları ve yapılandırmaları dışında hiçbir\n"
-"şeyi değiştiremezler. Kendiniz için en az bir normal kullanıcı "
-"oluşturmalısınız.\n"
-"Bu hesabı sıradan işler için kullanacaksınız. Sisteminizi \"root\" olarak\n"
-"kullanmak çok pratik gibi görünse de aslında çok tehlikelidir. En küçük bir\n"
-"yanlışlık sisteminizin çalışmamasıyla sonuçlanabilir. Ama normal kullanıcı\n"
-"olarak bir sürü yanlış da yapsanız sadece kendi bilgilerinize zarar vermiş\n"
-"olursunuz, sisteminize zarar veremezsiniz.\n"
-"\n"
-"İl alan gerçek isminizi girmeniz içindir. Tabii ki sorunlu değildir, "
-"herhangi bir\n"
-"şey yazabilirsiniz. DrakX bu bölüme ilk girdiğiniz kelimeyi \"%s\" bölümüne\n"
-"kopyalayacak ki bu sisteme giriş için kullanılacak kullanıcı adıdır. "
-"İsterseniz\n"
-"kullanıcı adını değiştirebilirsiniz. Sonra buraya bir parola gireceksiniz. "
-"Bir\n"
-"normal kullanıcının parolası \"root\" parolası kadar önemli değildir.\n"
-"Fakat bu boş yada basit bir şifre kullanmak için bir gerekçe değildir,\n"
-"sonuç olarak kişisel dosyalarınızı tehlikeye atmış olursunuz.\n"
-"\n"
-"\"%s\"e tıklayarak ile kullanıcı için öntanımlı \"kabuk\"u "
-"değiştirebilirsiniz\n"
-"(öntanımlı olan bash'dir).\n"
-"\n"
-"Kullanıcı eklemeyi tamamladıktan sonra, sistem açıldıktan sonra otomatik\n"
-"giriş yapılacak kullanıcı sorulacaktır. Eğer bu konu ile ilgileniyorsanızı "
-"(ve\n"
-"yerel güvenliğe önem vermiyorsanız), istediğiniz kullanıcıyı ve pencere\n"
-"yöneticisini seçin ve \"%s\"e tıklayın. Eğer bu konu ilginizi çekmiyorsa\n"
-"\"%s\" seçimini kaldırın ve devam edin."
+"GNU/Linux, her kullanıcının kendi ayarlarına, kendi dosyalarına v.b. sahip "
+"olabileceği çok kullanıcılı bir\n"
+"sistemdir. Sistem yöneticisi olan \"kök\" aksine bu noktada eklediğiniz "
+"kullanıcılar kendi\n"
+"dosyaları ve ve kendi yapılandırmaları haricinde herhangi bir şeyi "
+"değiştirme yetkisine sahip\n"
+"olmayacaklardır ki böylece bir bütün olarak sistem istenmeyen veya zararlı "
+"değişikliklerden korunacaktır.\n"
+"Kendiniz için en azından bir normal kullanıcı oluşturmak zorundasınız -- bu, "
+"günlük olarak kullanacağınız\n"
+"hesap olacaktır. Her ne kadar her şeyi yapabilmek için \"kök\" olarak oturum "
+"açabilmeniz mümkünse de\n"
+"bu işlem çok tehlikeli olabilir! Çok basit bir hata sisteminizin bir daha "
+"işlememesine neden olabilir.\n"
+"Normal bir kullanıcı olarak ciddi bir hata yaparsanız en kötü durumda biraz "
+"veri kaybedersiniz;\n"
+"ama bu, tüm sistemi etkilemeyecektir.\n"
+"\n"
+"İlk alan gerçek adınızı sorar. Elbette, bu zorunlu değildir -- ne isterseniz "
+"onu yazabilirsiniz.\n"
+"DrakX yazdığınız ilk sözcüğü alır ve \"%s\" olarak kopyalar. Bu, kullanıcının "
+"oturum açarken\n"
+"gireceği isimdir. İsterseniz öntanımlı olan kullanıcı ismini "
+"değiştirebilirsiniz. Sonraki adım\n"
+"bir parola girmektir. Güvenlik açısından, bir tam yetkilendirilmemiş "
+"(normal) kullanıcı parolası\n"
+"\"kök\" parolası kadar önemli değildir. Ancak, bunu boş geçmek veya çok basit "
+"belirlemek için\n"
+"bir neden yoktur: sonuçta, risk altına girebilecek olan kendi "
+"dosyalarınızdır.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" üzerine tıkladığınızda, diğer kullanıcıları da ekleyebilirsiniz. "
+"Arkadaşlarınız, babanız, kardeşiniz v.b.\n"
+"her biri için bir kullanıcı ekleyin. Bitirdiğinizde \"%s\" üzerine tıklayın.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" düğmesine tıklamak o kullanıcı için öntanımlı \"kabuk\"u değiştirmenizi "
+"sağlayacaktır.\n"
+"(Öntanımılı olan bash kabuktur)\n"
+"\n"
+"Kullanıcıları eklemeyi bitirdiğinizde, bilgisayar başladığında kendiliğinden "
+"oturum açacak kullanıcı\n"
+"sorulacaktır. Bu özelliği kullanmak istiyorsanız (ve yerel güvenlik "
+"endişeniz yoksa) istediğiniz\n"
+"kullanıcıyı ve pencere yöneticisini seçin. Sonra \"%s\" üzerine tıklayın. Bu "
+"özelliği kullanmak istemiyorsanız\n"
+"\"%s\" kutusundaki işareti kaldırın."
#: ../help.pm:54
#, c-format
msgid "User name"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kullanıcı adı"
#: ../help.pm:54
#, c-format
msgid "Accept user"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kullanıcıyı kabul et"
#: ../help.pm:54
#, c-format
@@ -481,7 +493,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../help.pm:213
#, c-format
msgid "Hardware clock set to GMT"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Donanım saati GMT olarak ayarla"
#: ../help.pm:213
#, c-format
@@ -571,6 +583,12 @@ msgid ""
"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
msgstr ""
+"Monitör\n"
+"\n"
+" Normalde kurulum aracı makinenize bağlı olan monitörü kendiliğinden "
+"algılar ve yapılandırır.\n"
+"Doğru ayarlama yapılmamışsa, bilgisayarınıza bağlı olan monitörü bu listeden "
+"seçebilirsiniz."
#: ../help.pm:298
#, c-format
@@ -582,6 +600,13 @@ msgid ""
"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
msgstr ""
+"Çözünürlük\n"
+"\n"
+" Burada ekran kartınız için uygun olan çözünürlükleri ve renk "
+"derinliklerini seçebilirsiniz. İhtiyacınıza\n"
+"en uygun olanını seçin (kurulum sonrasında değişiklik yapabilirsiniz). "
+"Seçilen yapılandırma\n"
+"örneği monitör resminde görüntülenir."
#: ../help.pm:306
#, c-format
@@ -590,9 +615,12 @@ msgid ""
"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
"suits your needs."
msgstr ""
+"Ekran kartınız için farklı sunucuların mümkün olduğu durumlarda, 3B "
+"hızlandırma etkin veya devredışı,\n"
+"ihtiyaçlarınıza en uygun sunucuyu seçmeniz istenir."
#: ../help.pm:311
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"Options\n"
"\n"
@@ -601,15 +629,16 @@ msgid ""
"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
"not successful in getting the display configured."
msgstr ""
-"Son olarak açılış sırasında grafik arayüzle başlamak isteyip istemediğiniz\n"
-"sorulacaktır. Yapılandırmanızı denemeyi seçmemiş bile olsanız bu soru yine "
-"de\n"
-"sorulacaktır. Ekranınızı iyi yapılandıramamışsanız ya da makinanızın bir\n"
-"sunucu rolü üstlenmesini seçmişseniz bu soruya \"Hayır\" cevabı vermeniz\n"
-"önerilir."
+"Seçenekler\n"
+"\n"
+" Bu adımlar önyüklemede makinenizin grafiksel arayüze kendiliğinden "
+"geçmesini isteyip istemediğinizi\n"
+"seçmenizi sağlar. Elbette, makineniz bir sunucu olarak çalışacaksa veya "
+"görüntü almayı başaramadıysanız\n"
+"\"%s\" seçeneğini işaretleyebilirsiniz."
#: ../help.pm:319
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n"
"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty or if an\n"
@@ -672,69 +701,73 @@ msgid ""
"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
msgstr ""
-"Bu noktada, Mageia işletim sisteminizi sabit diskinizde\n"
-"nereye kuracağınızı seçmeniz gerekiyor. Diskiniz boşsa, ya da\n"
-"halihazırda bir işletim sistemi diskin tamamını kullanıyorsa\n"
-"diski bölümlendirmeniz gerekmektedir. Temel olarak, bir diski\n"
-"bölümlendirmek, Mageia sistemini kurabilmek için onu\n"
-"mantıksal olarak bölmek ve böylece boş alan oluşturmak anlamına\n"
+"Bu noktada, Mageia işletim sisteminizi sabit diskinizde nereye kuracağınızı "
+"seçmeniz\n"
+"gerekiyor. Diskiniz boşsa, ya da halihazırda bir işletim sistemi diskin "
+"tamamını kullanıyorsa\n"
+"diski bölümlendirmeniz gerekmektedir. Temel olarak, bir diski "
+"bölümlendirmek, Mageia sistemini\n"
+"kurabilmek için onu mantıksal olarak bölmek ve böylece boş alan oluşturmak "
+"anlamına\n"
"gelir.\n"
"\n"
-"Bölümlendirme işlemi gerellikle geri alınamaz ve zaten kurulu bir\n"
-"işletim sisteminiz var ise bilgi kaybına yol açabilir. Bu işlem, eğer\n"
-"tecrübesizseniz, korkutucu ve stresli bir iş olabilir. Mageia,\n"
-"bu işlemi oldukça kolaylaştıran bir sihirbaz sunmaktadır.Başlamadan\n"
-"önce lütfen aşağıdaki okumak için zaman ayrın.\n"
+"Bölümlendirme işlemi genellikle geri alınamaz ve zaten kurulu bir işletim "
+"sisteminiz var ise bilgi kaybına yol\n"
+"açabilir. Bu işlem, eğer tecrübesizseniz, korkutucu ve stresli bir iş "
+"olabilir. Şansınıza, DrakX bu işlemi\n"
+"oldukça kolaylaştıran bir sihirbaz sunmaktadır.Başlamadan önce lütfen "
+"aşağıdaki okumak için zaman ayrın.\n"
"\n"
-"Sabit disk yapınıza bağlı olarak, birkaç seçenek mevcut: \n"
+"Sabit disk yapınıza bağlı olarak, birkaç seçenek mevcuttur: \n"
"\n"
-" * \"%s\": bu seçenek boş sabit disk(ler)iniz üzerinde otomatik "
-"bölümlendirme\n"
-"gerçeklerştirir. Bu seçeneği seçerseniz konu hakkında soru sorulmayacak\n"
+" * \"%s\": Bu seçenek boş sabit disk(ler)iniz üzerinde otomatik bölümlendirme "
+"gerçekleştirir. Bu seçeneği\n"
+"seçerseniz konu hakkında soru sorulmayacaktır.\n"
"\n"
-" * \"%s\" sihirbaz sabit diskiniz üstünde bir ya da daha fazla Linux bölümü\n"
-"buldu. Eğer bunları kullanmak istiyorsanız bu seçeneği kullanın. Sonra ki\n"
-"adımda bu bölümler ile ilişkili bağlama noktaları seçmeniz istenecek.\n"
+" * \"%s\": Sihirbaz sabit diskiniz üstünde bir ya da daha fazla Linux bölümü "
+"buldu. Bunları kullanmak istiyorsanız\n"
+"bu seçeneği kullanın. Sonraki adımda bu bölümler ile ilişkili bağlama "
+"noktaları seçmeniz istenecektir.\n"
"Bağlama noktaları öntanımlı olarak seçilir ve genellikle olduğu gibi "
-"bırakmak\n"
-"en iyisidir.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": eğer sisteminizde Microsoft Windows kurulu ve tük disk "
-"kapasitesini\n"
-"kullanıyorsa Linux'un kullanabilmesi için yer açmanız gerekecektir. Bunun "
-"için,\n"
-"Microsoft Window disk bölümünü ve bilgileri silebilir (``Tüm Diski Sil''e "
-"bakın)\n"
-"yada Microsoft Windows FAT bölümünüzü yeniden boyutlandırabilirsiniz. Bu\n"
-"işlem sırasında eğer Windows bölümünüzü birleştirmiş ve biçimi FAT ise\n"
-"herhangi bir veri kaybı yaşamazsınız. Verilerinizi yedeklemeniz şiddetle "
-"önerilir.\n"
-"Eğer aynı bilgisayarda hem Mageia hem de Windows kullanamk\n"
-"istiyorsanız bu seçeneği seçmeniz önerilir.\n"
-"\n"
-" Bu seçeneği seçmeden önce unutmayın ki işlem tamamlandığında Microsoft\n"
-"Windows disk bölümünüz küçülmüş olacak. Yeni yazılımları yüklemek ya da "
-"kişisel\n"
-"verilerinizi saklamak için Microsoft Windows altında daha az boş alanınız "
-"olacak.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": Sabit diskinizde bulunan tüm bilgileri silmek ve yeni bir "
-"Mageia\n"
-"kurulumu yapmak için bu seçeneği seçin. Lütfen bu seçeneği kullanırken "
-"dikkatli\n"
-"olun, çünkü onayladıktan sonra geri alma şansınız bulunmuyor.\n"
-"\n"
-" !! Eğer bu seçeneği seçerseniz sabit diskinizdeki tüm bilgi "
-"silinecektir. !!\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": Bu seçenek tüm sabit diski silecek ve disk bölümlerini baştan "
-"oluşturacak.\n"
-"Diskinizdeki tüm bilgiler silinecektir.\n"
-"\n"
-" !! Eğer bu seçeneği seçerseniz sabit diskinizdeki tüm bilgileri "
-"kaybedeceksiniz. !!\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": Sabit diskinizi kendiniz bölümlendirmek istiyorsanız bu seçeneği "
+"bırakmak en iyisidir.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Sisteminizde Microsoft Windows kurulu ve tüm disk alanını "
+"kullanıyorsa GNU/Linux 'un\n"
+"kullanabilmesi için yer açmanız gerekecektir. Bunun için, Microsoft Window "
+"disk bölümünü ve bilgilerini\n"
+"tümüyle silebilir (``Tüm Diski Sil''e bakın) ya da Microsoft Windows FAT "
+"veya NTFS bölümünüzü yeniden\n"
+"boyutlandırabilirsiniz. Bu işlem sırasında eğer Windows bölümünüzü "
+"birleştirmişseniz herhangi bir veri\n"
+"kaybı yaşamazsınız. Verilerinizi yedeklemeniz şiddetle önerilir. Aynı "
+"bilgisayarda hem Mageia hem de\n"
+"Windows kullanmak istiyorsanız bu seçeneği seçmeniz önerilir.\n"
+"\n"
+" Bu seçeneği seçmeden önce unutmayın ki işlem tamamlandığında Microsoft "
+"Windows\n"
+"disk bölümünüz küçülmüş olacak. Yeni yazılımları yüklemek ya da kişisel "
+"verilerinizi saklamak için\n"
+"Microsoft Windows altında daha az boş alanınız olacaktır.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Sabit diskinizde bulunan tüm bilgileri silmek ve yeni bir Mageia "
+"kurulumu yapmak için\n"
+"bu seçeneği seçin. Lütfen bu seçeneği kullanırken dikkatli olun, çünkü "
+"onayladıktan sonra geri alma\n"
+"şansınız bulunmuyor.\n"
+"\n"
+" !! Eğer bu seçeneği seçerseniz sabit diskinizdeki tüm bilgi silinecektir. "
+"!!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Bu seçenek tüm sabit disk alanı Microsoft Windows tarafından "
+"alınmışsa görüntülenir.\n"
+"Bu seçeneği seçmek basitçe disk üzerindeki herşeyi silecek ve en baştan yeni "
+"bir bölümlendirme\n"
+"oluşturacaktır.\n"
+"\n"
+" !! Eğer bu seçeneği seçerseniz sabit diskinizdeki tüm bilgi silinecektir. "
+"!!\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": Sabit diskinizi kendiniz bölümlendirmek istiyorsanız bu seçeneği "
"seçin.\n"
"Dikkati olun -- oldukça güçlü bir seçenektir ama veri kaybetmek oldukça "
"kolaydır.\n"
@@ -754,7 +787,7 @@ msgstr "Geçerli bölümlendirmeyi kullan"
#: ../help.pm:370
#, c-format
msgid "Use the free space on the Microsoft Windows® partition"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Microsoft Windows® bölümündeki boş alan kullanılsın"
#: ../help.pm:370
#, c-format
@@ -799,8 +832,7 @@ msgid ""
"/dev/fd0\"."
msgstr ""
"Buraya kadar geldiyseniz kurulum tamamlanmış ve GNU/Linux sisteminizi\n"
-"kullanmaya hazırsınız demektir. \"TAMAM\" düğmesine tıkladığınızda "
-"sisteminiz\n"
+"kullanmaya hazırsınız demektir. \"TAMAM\" düğmesine tıkladığınızda sisteminiz\n"
"yeniden başlatılacaktır. Hem Windows hem de GNU/Linux kullanımını "
"seçtiyseniz\n"
"makinanızın her açılışında bu sistemlerden biri için tercihinizi\n"
@@ -809,16 +841,14 @@ msgstr ""
"\"Gelişmiş\" düğmesine (Uzman kipinde görünür) tıkladığınızda size iki\n"
"seçenek sunulacaktır:\n"
"\n"
-" * \"Otomatik kurulum disketi oluşturulsun\": yaptığınız kuruluma benzer "
-"bir\n"
+" * \"Otomatik kurulum disketi oluşturulsun\": yaptığınız kuruluma benzer bir\n"
" kurulumu herhangi bir yardım gerekmeksizin otomatik olarak "
"yapılabilmesini\n"
" sağlayacak bir kurulum disketi oluşturabilirsiniz.\n"
"\n"
" Bu seçeneği kullanmaya karar verdiğinizde size iki seçenek sunulacaktır:\n"
"\n"
-" * \"Etkileşimli\": bu sadece disk bölümlemesinin etkileşimli olduğu "
-"yarı\n"
+" * \"Etkileşimli\": bu sadece disk bölümlemesinin etkileşimli olduğu yarı\n"
" otomatik kurulumdur.\n"
"\n"
" * \"Otomatik\": sabit diskin tamamen silinip yeniden yazılması\n"
@@ -831,8 +861,7 @@ msgstr ""
" * \"Paket seçim listesini kaydet\"(*): kurulum sırasında seçtiğiniz\n"
" paketlerin listesi kaydedilir. Bir başka kurulum sırasında disketi\n"
" sürücüye yerleştirdikten sonra [F1] tuşuna bastıktan sonra\n"
-" »linux defcfg=\"floppy\"« yazarak kurulumu yardım ekranına kadar "
-"ilerletin\n"
+" »linux defcfg=\"floppy\"« yazarak kurulumu yardım ekranına kadar ilerletin\n"
"\n"
" (*) Bu seçenek için FAT biçemli bir diskete ihtiyacınız olacak. Bu "
"disketi\n"
@@ -1033,12 +1062,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"Bu noktada, Mageia işletim sisteminizi sabit diskinizde nereye\n"
"kuracağınızı seçmeniz gerekiyor. Bölümler önceki bir kurulumda ya da bir\n"
@@ -1111,14 +1134,6 @@ msgstr ""
"Başka dosya sistemleri hakkında bilgi edinmek için \"Başvuru Kılavuzu"
"\"ndaki\n"
"ext2fs bölümünü okuyunuz.\n"
-"\n"
-"Bir PPC makina üzerine kurulum yapıyorsanız, yaboot önyükleyicisi "
-"tarafından\n"
-"kullanılmak üzere en az 1MB lık küçük bir HFS \"önyükleme\" bölümü "
-"oluşturmak\n"
-"isteyeceksiniz. Bu disk bölümünü biraz daha büyük, örneğin 50MB yaparsanız\n"
-"bir yedek çekirdeğin ve kurtarma açılışı gereksinimleri için ramdisk\n"
-"görüntüsünün saklanacağı kullanışlı bir alan elde edebilirsiniz."
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
@@ -1661,9 +1676,9 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../help.pm:809
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid "TV card"
-msgstr "ISDN kartı"
+msgstr "TV kartı"
#: ../help.pm:809
#, c-format
@@ -1676,7 +1691,7 @@ msgid "Graphical Interface"
msgstr "Grafiksel Arabirim"
#: ../help.pm:861
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
"Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
@@ -1687,7 +1702,7 @@ msgstr ""
"mümkün olmayacağını unutmayın!"
#: ../help.pm:866
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid ""
"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/uk.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/uk.po
index a93bde0b0..c5063bc60 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/uk.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/uk.po
@@ -1,6 +1,5 @@
# translation of DrakX-uk.po to ukrainian
# translation of DrakX.po to ukrainian
-# $Id: uk.po 26602 2006-04-22 07:43:48Z fwang $
# Copyright (C) 2000,2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# Dmytro Kovalov <kov@tokyo.email.ne.jp>, 2000.
@@ -1002,7 +1001,7 @@ msgid ""
"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
msgstr ""
"Коли ви встановлюєте Mageia, деякі пакунки можуть\n"
-"бути поновлені з часу виходу дистрибутиву. Можуть бути виправлені\n"
+"бути поновлені з часу виходу дистрибутива. Можуть бути виправлені\n"
"помилки, вирішені проблеми безпеки. Щоб мати користь від цих поновлень,\n"
"зараз ви можете звантажити їх з інтернету. Перевірте «%s», якщо маєте\n"
"зв'язок з інтернетом, або «%s», якщо бажаєте встановити поновлені пакунки\n"
@@ -1120,12 +1119,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"Зараз вам потрібно вибрати, які розділи використовувати для встановлення\n"
"Вашої нової системи Mageia. Якщо ці розділи вже були створені\n"
@@ -1194,13 +1187,6 @@ msgstr ""
"\n"
"Щоб отримати інформацію про різні типи файлових систем, які ви можете\n"
"створити, прочитайте розділ ext2FS з \"Reference Manual\".\n"
-"\n"
-"Якщо ви встановлюєте систему на комп'ютер з процесором PPC, можете\n"
-"створити маленький розділ типу HFS для завантаження 'bootstrap'\n"
-"(розміром не менше 1 МБ) для завантажувача yaboot. Якщо ви вирішите\n"
-"створити розділ трохи більшого розміру, скажімо 50 МБ, ви зможете\n"
-"також зберігати на ньому резервне ядро системи та віртуальний диск для\n"
-"аварійних завантажень системи. "
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
@@ -1672,11 +1658,11 @@ msgstr ""
"Хоч вона і є дуже потужною, загальне встановлення є майже таким\n"
"самим простим, як і \"pdq\". Якщо вам потрібно емулювати сервер \"lpd\",\n"
"переконайтеся, що увімкнена служба \"cups-lpd \". «%s» має графічну\n"
-"оболонку для друку або вибору параметрів друкарки і управління нею.\n"
+"оболонку для друку або вибору параметрів принтера і управління ним.\n"
" \n"
"Якщо ви зараз зробите вибір, а пізніше побачите, що ця система друку\n"
"вам не подобається, ви можете її замінити з допомогою PrinterDrake з\n"
-"Центру керування Мандріва , натиснувши кнопку «%s»."
+"Центру керування Mageia, натиснувши кнопку «%s»."
#: ../help.pm:768
#, c-format
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/uz.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/uz.po
index 8e13a4222..01b37b8ac 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/uz.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/uz.po
@@ -693,12 +693,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
#: ../help.pm:526
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/uz@cyrillic.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/uz@cyrillic.po
index 09fc9402b..6936189c9 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/uz@cyrillic.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/uz@cyrillic.po
@@ -692,12 +692,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
#: ../help.pm:526
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/vi.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/vi.po
index 6a934e236..e65d0b48d 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/vi.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/vi.po
@@ -1070,12 +1070,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"Vào lúc này, bạn cần chọn những phân vùng nào sẽ được dùng để cài đặt\n"
"hệ thống Mageia. Nếu các phân vùng đã được xác lập từ lần cài\n"
@@ -1140,13 +1134,6 @@ msgstr ""
"\n"
"Để có thêm thông tin về các loại hệ thống tập tin hiện có, hãy đọc chương\n"
"ext2FS ở trong ``Tài liệu Tham khảo''.\n"
-"\n"
-"Nếu đang thực hiện cài đặt trên máy PPC, có thể bạn muốn tạo một phân vùng\n"
-"``bootstrap'' HFS có kích thước ít nhất 1MB để cho trình nạp khởi động\n"
-"yaboot. Nếu lập kích thước phân vùng này lớn hơn một chút (50MB), bạn sẽ "
-"thấy\n"
-"đó là nơi hữu ích để lưu trữ kernel dự phòng và các ảnh ramdisk cho các\n"
-"trường hợp khởi động khẩn cấp."
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/wa.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/wa.po
index 383ee138b..ccf42d645 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/wa.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/wa.po
@@ -1132,12 +1132,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"Chal, vos dvoz tchoezi so kéne/kénès pårticion(s) ki vos voloz astaler\n"
"vosse sistinme Mageia. Si vos pårticions ont ddja stî fwaites\n"
@@ -1212,12 +1206,6 @@ msgstr ""
"\n"
"Po-z aveur des informåcions so les diferins sistinmes di fitchîs k' i gn a,\n"
"lijhoz li tchaptrê so «ext2FS» do «Manuel di Referince».\n"
-"\n"
-"Si vos alez astaler sor ene éndjole PPC, motoit ki vos vôroz fé ene pitite "
-"pårticion HFS «d' enondaedje» di 1 Mo å moens po l' eployî avou l' enondrece "
-"«yaboot». Si vos decidez del fé on pô pus grande, par egzimpe 50 Mo, çoula "
-"pôreut fé ene clapante plaece po-z î mete on nawea et ene imådje ramdisk po "
-"des cas d' urdjince k' i gn åreut."
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/zh_CN.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/zh_CN.po
index 558ca9533..add346e46 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/zh_CN.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/zh_CN.po
@@ -1022,12 +1022,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"在这一步中, 您需要选择要使用哪个或哪些分区来安装您的 Mageia 系统。如"
"果已经定义了分区, 不管是先前安装的 GNU/Linux\n"
@@ -1082,11 +1076,6 @@ msgstr ""
" * Ctrl+M 设定挂载点\n"
"\n"
"要的关于不同的文件系统类型的更多信息, 请查看“参考手册”中 ext2FS 一章。\n"
-"\n"
-"如果您在 PPC 计算机上安装, 您可能需要创建至少 1MB 大小的 HFS“bootstrap”分区, "
-"该分区将用于 yaboot\n"
-"引导程序。如果您创建的分区再稍微大点, 比如说 50MB, 您可能会发现这个分区可用来"
-"存储内核或紧急引导时的虚拟磁盘映像。"
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/zh_TW.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/zh_TW.po
index c32dfa74d..43fa463bf 100644
--- a/perl-install/install/help/po/zh_TW.po
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/zh_TW.po
@@ -930,12 +930,6 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
msgstr ""
"在這個階段, 您需要選擇要用來安裝 Mageia 系統的分割區.\n"
"如果分割區已經被定義了, 不管是從舊有的 GNU/Linux 安裝或是\n"
@@ -990,12 +984,6 @@ msgstr ""
"\n"
"要得到關於不同可用的檔案系統的資訊, 請從 ``Reference Manual (參考手冊)''\n"
"閱讀 ext2FS 章節.\n"
-"\n"
-"如果您正在安裝於一個 PPC 機器, 您將想要建立一個小的 HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' 分割至少 1MB 以用於 yaboot 開機載入器. 如果您選擇使分割大一"
-"些,\n"
-"像 50MB, 您或許發現它是一個好用的貯存一個備用核心與 ramdisk\n"
-"影像給緊急使用開機的好地方."
#: ../help.pm:526
#, c-format